]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
unless unless -> unless
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
195 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
196 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
197
198 Defining Language Semantics
199
200 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
201 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
202 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
203 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
204 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
205 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
206 action in the middle of a rule.
207
208 Tracking Locations
209
210 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
211 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
212 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
213
214 Bison Declarations
215
216 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
217 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
218 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
219 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
220 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
221 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
222 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
223 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
224 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
225 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
226 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
227
228 Parser C-Language Interface
229
230 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
231 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
232 which reads tokens.
233 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
234 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
235 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
236 native language.
237
238 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
239
240 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
241 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
242 of the token it has read.
243 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
244 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
245 actions want that.
246 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
247 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
248
249 The Bison Parser Algorithm
250
251 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
252 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
253 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
254 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
255 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
256 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
257 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
258 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
259 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
260
261 Operator Precedence
262
263 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
264 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
265 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
266 * How Precedence:: How they work.
267
268 Handling Context Dependencies
269
270 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
271 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
272 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
273 error recovery rules must be written.
274
275 Debugging Your Parser
276
277 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
278 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
279
280 Invoking Bison
281
282 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
283 in alphabetical order by short options.
284 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
285 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
286
287 C++ Language Interface
288
289 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
290 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
291
292 C++ Parsers
293
294 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
295 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
296 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
297 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
298 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
299
300 A Complete C++ Example
301
302 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
303 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
304 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
305 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
306 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
307
308 Frequently Asked Questions
309
310 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
311 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
312 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
313 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
314 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
315 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
316 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
317 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
318 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
319 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
320 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
321 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
322
323 Copying This Manual
324
325 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
326
327 @end detailmenu
328 @end menu
329
330 @node Introduction
331 @unnumbered Introduction
332 @cindex introduction
333
334 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
335 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
336 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with
337 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
338 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
339
340 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
341 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
342 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
343 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
344
345 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
346 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
347 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
348 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
349
350 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
351 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
352 multi-character string literals and other features.
353
354 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
355
356 @node Conditions
357 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
358
359 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
360 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
361 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
362 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
363 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
364
365 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
366 compiler, have never
367 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
368 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
369 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
370 License to all of the Bison source code.
371
372 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
373 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
374 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
375 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
376 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
377 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
378 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
379
380 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
381 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
382 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
383 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
384 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
385 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
386
387 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
388 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
389 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
390 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
391 exception.
392
393 @include gpl.texi
394
395 @node Concepts
396 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
397
398 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
399 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
400 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
401
402 @menu
403 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
404 as mathematical ideas.
405 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
406 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
407 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
408 the name of an identifier, etc.).
409 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
410 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
411 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
412 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
413 how is the output used?
414 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
415 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
416 @end menu
417
418 @node Language and Grammar
419 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
420
421 @cindex context-free grammar
422 @cindex grammar, context-free
423 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
424 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
425 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
426 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
427 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
428 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
429 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
430 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
431 recursion.
432
433 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
434 @cindex Backus-Naur form
435 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
436 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
437 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
438 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
439 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
440
441 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
442 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
443 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
444 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
445 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
446 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
447 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
448 token of lookahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
449 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
450 restrictions that are
451 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
452 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
453 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
454 more information on this.
455
456 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
457 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
458 @cindex ambiguous grammars
459 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
460
461 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
462 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
463 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
464 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
465 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
466 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
467 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
468 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
469 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
470 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
471 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
472 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
473 possible parses of any given string is finite.
474
475 @cindex symbols (abstract)
476 @cindex token
477 @cindex syntactic grouping
478 @cindex grouping, syntactic
479 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
480 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
481 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
482 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
483 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
484 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
485 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
486
487 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
488 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
489 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
490 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
491 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
492 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
493 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
494 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
495 lexicography, not grammar.)
496
497 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
498
499 @ifinfo
500 @example
501 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
502 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
503 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
504 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
505 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
506 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
507 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
508 @end example
509 @end ifinfo
510 @ifnotinfo
511 @example
512 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
513 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
514 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
515 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
516 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
517 @end example
518 @end ifnotinfo
519
520 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
521 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
522 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
523 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
524 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
525 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
526 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
527 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
528
529 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
530 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
531 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
532 reads informally as follows:
533
534 @quotation
535 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
536 `semicolon'.
537 @end quotation
538
539 @noindent
540 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
541 statement in C.
542
543 @cindex start symbol
544 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
545 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
546 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
547 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
548 plays this role.
549
550 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
551 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
552 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
553 not the start symbol.
554
555 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
556 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
557 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
558 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
559 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
560 reports a syntax error.
561
562 @node Grammar in Bison
563 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
564 @cindex Bison grammar
565 @cindex grammar, Bison
566 @cindex formal grammar
567
568 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
569 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
570 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
571
572 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
573 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
574 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
575
576 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
577 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
578 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
579 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
580 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
581 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
582 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
583 @xref{Symbols}.
584
585 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
586 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
587 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
588 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
589
590 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
591 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
592
593 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
594 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
595 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
596 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
597 used in every rule.
598
599 @example
600 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
601 ;
602 @end example
603
604 @noindent
605 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
606
607 @node Semantic Values
608 @section Semantic Values
609 @cindex semantic value
610 @cindex value, semantic
611
612 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
613 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
614 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
615 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
616 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
617 grammatical.
618
619 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
620 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
621 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
622 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
623 ,Defining Language Semantics},
624 for details.
625
626 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
627 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
628 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
629 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
630 except their types.
631
632 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
633 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
634 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
635 need to have any semantic value.)
636
637 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
638 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
639 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
640 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
641 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
642 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
643
644 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
645 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
646 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
647 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
648 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
649
650 @node Semantic Actions
651 @section Semantic Actions
652 @cindex semantic actions
653 @cindex actions, semantic
654
655 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
656 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
657 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
658 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
659 @xref{Actions}.
660
661 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
662 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
663 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
664 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
665 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
666 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
667 newly recognized larger expression.
668
669 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
670 two subexpressions:
671
672 @example
673 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
674 ;
675 @end example
676
677 @noindent
678 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
679 from the values of the two subexpressions.
680
681 @node GLR Parsers
682 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
683 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
684 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
685 @findex %glr-parser
686 @cindex conflicts
687 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
688 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
689
690 In some grammars, Bison's standard
691 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
692 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
693 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
694 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
695 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
696 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
697 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
698 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
699
700 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
701 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
702 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
703 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
704 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
705 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
706 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
707 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
708 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
709 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
710 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
711 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
712 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
713 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
714 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
715 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
716 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
717 identical set of symbols.
718
719 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
720 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
721 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
722 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
723 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
724 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
725 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
726 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
727 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
728 merged result.
729
730 @menu
731 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
732 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
733 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
734 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
735 @end menu
736
737 @node Simple GLR Parsers
738 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
739 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
740 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
741 @findex %glr-parser
742 @findex %expect-rr
743 @cindex conflicts
744 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
745 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
746
747 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
748 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
749 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead,
750 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
751 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
752 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
753
754 Consider a problem that
755 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
756 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
757
758 @example
759 type subrange = lo .. hi;
760 type enum = (a, b, c);
761 @end example
762
763 @noindent
764 The original language standard allows only numeric
765 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
766 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
767 10206) and many other
768 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
769 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
770 parentheses:
771
772 @example
773 type subrange = (a) .. b;
774 @end example
775
776 @noindent
777 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
778 type with only one value:
779
780 @example
781 type enum = (a);
782 @end example
783
784 @noindent
785 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
786 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
787
788 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
789 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
790 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
791 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
792 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
793 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
794 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
795 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
796
797 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
798 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
799 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
800 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
801 expressions.
802
803 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
804 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
805 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
806 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
807 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
808 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
809 work.
810
811 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
812 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
813 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
814 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
815 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
816 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
817 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
818 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
819 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
820 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
821 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
822
823 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
824 reports a syntax error as usual.
825
826 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
827 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
828 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
829 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
830 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
831
832 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
833 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
834 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
835 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
836 The present example contains only one conflict between two
837 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
838 cannot be nested. So the number of
839 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
840 and the parsing time is still linear.
841
842 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
843 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
844
845 @example
846 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
847
848 @group
849 %left '+' '-'
850 %left '*' '/'
851 @end group
852
853 %%
854
855 @group
856 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
857 ;
858 @end group
859
860 @group
861 type : '(' id_list ')'
862 | expr DOTDOT expr
863 ;
864 @end group
865
866 @group
867 id_list : ID
868 | id_list ',' ID
869 ;
870 @end group
871
872 @group
873 expr : '(' expr ')'
874 | expr '+' expr
875 | expr '-' expr
876 | expr '*' expr
877 | expr '/' expr
878 | ID
879 ;
880 @end group
881 @end example
882
883 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
884 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
885 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
886 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
887 recognized:
888
889 @example
890 type t = (a) .. b;
891 @end example
892
893 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
894 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
895 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
896 @samp{%%}):
897
898 @example
899 %glr-parser
900 %expect-rr 1
901 @end example
902
903 @noindent
904 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
905 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
906 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
907 notice when the parser splits.
908
909 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
910 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
911 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
912 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
913 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
914 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
915 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
916 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
917 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
918 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
919 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
920 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
921 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
922 correctness.
923
924 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
925 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
926 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
927 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
928 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
929 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
930
931 @node Merging GLR Parses
932 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
933 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
934 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
935 @findex %dprec
936 @findex %merge
937 @cindex conflicts
938 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
939
940 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
941
942 @example
943 %@{
944 #include <stdio.h>
945 #define YYSTYPE char const *
946 int yylex (void);
947 void yyerror (char const *);
948 %@}
949
950 %token TYPENAME ID
951
952 %right '='
953 %left '+'
954
955 %glr-parser
956
957 %%
958
959 prog :
960 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
961 ;
962
963 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
964 | decl %dprec 2
965 ;
966
967 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
968 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
969 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
970 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
971 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
972 ;
973
974 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
975 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
976 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
977 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
978 ;
979
980 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
981 | '(' declarator ')'
982 ;
983 @end example
984
985 @noindent
986 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
987 certain declarations and statements. For example,
988
989 @example
990 T (x) = y+z;
991 @end example
992
993 @noindent
994 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
995 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
996 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
997 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
998 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
999 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1000 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1001 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1002 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1003 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1004 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1005 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1006 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1007 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1008
1009 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1010 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1011 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1012 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1013 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1014 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1015 The parser therefore prints
1016
1017 @example
1018 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1019 @end example
1020
1021 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1022 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1023
1024 @example
1025 T (x) + y;
1026 @end example
1027
1028 @noindent
1029 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1030 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1031 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1032 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1033 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1034 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1035 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1036 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1037 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1038 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1039
1040 @example
1041 x T <cast> y +
1042 @end example
1043
1044 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1045 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1046 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1047 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1048 follows:
1049
1050 @example
1051 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1052 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1053 ;
1054 @end example
1055
1056 @noindent
1057 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1058
1059 @example
1060 static YYSTYPE
1061 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1062 @{
1063 printf ("<OR> ");
1064 return "";
1065 @}
1066 @end example
1067
1068 @noindent
1069 with an accompanying forward declaration
1070 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1071
1072 @example
1073 %@{
1074 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1075 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1076 %@}
1077 @end example
1078
1079 @noindent
1080 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1081 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1082
1083 @example
1084 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1085 @end example
1086
1087 Bison requires that all of the
1088 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1089 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1090 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1091 the offending merge.
1092
1093 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1094 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1095
1096 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1097 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1098 the associated reduction.
1099 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1100 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1101
1102 @vindex yychar
1103 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1104 @vindex yylval
1105 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1106 @vindex yylloc
1107 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1108 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1109 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1110 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1111 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1112 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1113 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1114 influence syntax analysis.
1115 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1116
1117 @findex yyclearin
1118 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1119 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1120 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1121 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1122 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1123 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1124 future versions of Bison.
1125 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1126 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1127 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1128
1129 @findex YYERROR
1130 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1131 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1132 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1133 initiate error recovery.
1134 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1135 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1136 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1137 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1138
1139 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1140 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1141
1142 @node Compiler Requirements
1143 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1144 @cindex @code{inline}
1145 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1146
1147 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1148 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1149 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1150 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1151 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1152 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1153
1154 @example
1155 %@{
1156 #include <config.h>
1157 %@}
1158 @end example
1159
1160 @noindent
1161 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1162
1163 @example
1164 %@{
1165 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1166 #define inline
1167 #endif
1168 %@}
1169 @end example
1170
1171 @node Locations Overview
1172 @section Locations
1173 @cindex location
1174 @cindex textual location
1175 @cindex location, textual
1176
1177 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1178 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1179 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1180 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1181
1182 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1183 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1184 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1185 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1186
1187 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1188 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1189 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1190 @code{@@3}.
1191
1192 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1193 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1194 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1195 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1196 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1197 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1198 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1199
1200 @node Bison Parser
1201 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1202 @cindex Bison parser
1203 @cindex Bison utility
1204 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1205 @cindex parser
1206
1207 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1208 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1209 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1210 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1211 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1212 program.
1213
1214 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1215 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1216 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1217 uses.
1218
1219 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1220 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1221 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1222 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1223 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1224 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1225 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1226
1227 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1228 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1229 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1230 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1231 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1232 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1233 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1234 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1235
1236 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1237 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1238 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1239 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1240 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1241 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1242 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1243 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1244 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1245 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1246 meanings.
1247
1248 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1249 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1250 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1251 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1252 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1253 included if message translation is in use
1254 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1255 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1256 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1257
1258 @node Stages
1259 @section Stages in Using Bison
1260 @cindex stages in using Bison
1261 @cindex using Bison
1262
1263 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1264 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1265
1266 @enumerate
1267 @item
1268 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1269 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1270 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1271 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1272 sequence of C statements.
1273
1274 @item
1275 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1276 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1277 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1278 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1279
1280 @item
1281 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1282
1283 @item
1284 Write error-reporting routines.
1285 @end enumerate
1286
1287 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1288 must follow these steps:
1289
1290 @enumerate
1291 @item
1292 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1293
1294 @item
1295 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1296
1297 @item
1298 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1299 @end enumerate
1300
1301 @node Grammar Layout
1302 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1303 @cindex grammar file
1304 @cindex file format
1305 @cindex format of grammar file
1306 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1307
1308 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1309 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1310
1311 @example
1312 %@{
1313 @var{Prologue}
1314 %@}
1315
1316 @var{Bison declarations}
1317
1318 %%
1319 @var{Grammar rules}
1320 %%
1321 @var{Epilogue}
1322 @end example
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1326 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1327
1328 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1329 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1330 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1331 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1332 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1333 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1334
1335 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1336 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1337 semantic values of various symbols.
1338
1339 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1340 parts.
1341
1342 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1343 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1344 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1345
1346 @node Examples
1347 @chapter Examples
1348 @cindex simple examples
1349 @cindex examples, simple
1350
1351 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1352 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1353 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1354 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1355 desk-top calculator.
1356
1357 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1358 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1359 source file to try them.
1360
1361 @menu
1362 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1363 a first example with no operator precedence.
1364 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1365 Operator precedence is introduced.
1366 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1367 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1368 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1369 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1370 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1371 @end menu
1372
1373 @node RPN Calc
1374 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1375 @cindex reverse polish notation
1376 @cindex polish notation calculator
1377 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1378 @cindex calculator, simple
1379
1380 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1381 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1382 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1383 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1384
1385 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1386 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1387
1388 @menu
1389 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1390 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1391 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1392 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1393 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1394 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1395 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1396 @end menu
1397
1398 @node Rpcalc Decls
1399 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1400
1401 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1402 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1403
1404 @example
1405 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1406
1407 %@{
1408 #define YYSTYPE double
1409 #include <math.h>
1410 int yylex (void);
1411 void yyerror (char const *);
1412 %@}
1413
1414 %token NUM
1415
1416 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1417 @end example
1418
1419 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1420 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1421
1422 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1423 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1424 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1425 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1426 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1427 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1428 which is a floating point number.
1429
1430 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1431 function @code{pow}.
1432
1433 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1434 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1435 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1436 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1437 prologue.
1438
1439 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1440 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1441 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1442 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1443 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1444 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1445 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1446 type for numeric constants.
1447
1448 @node Rpcalc Rules
1449 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1450
1451 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1452
1453 @example
1454 input: /* empty */
1455 | input line
1456 ;
1457
1458 line: '\n'
1459 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1460 ;
1461
1462 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1463 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1464 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1465 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1466 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1467 /* Exponentiation */
1468 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1469 /* Unary minus */
1470 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1471 ;
1472 %%
1473 @end example
1474
1475 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1476 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1477 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1478 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1479 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1480 mean.
1481
1482 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1483 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1484 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1485
1486 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1487 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1488 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1489 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1490 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1491 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1492
1493 @menu
1494 * Rpcalc Input::
1495 * Rpcalc Line::
1496 * Rpcalc Expr::
1497 @end menu
1498
1499 @node Rpcalc Input
1500 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1501
1502 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1503
1504 @example
1505 input: /* empty */
1506 | input line
1507 ;
1508 @end example
1509
1510 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1511 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1512 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1513 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1514 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1515
1516 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1517 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1518 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1519 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1520 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1521 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1522
1523 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1524 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1525 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1526 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1527 more times.
1528
1529 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1530 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1531 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1532
1533 @node Rpcalc Line
1534 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1535
1536 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1537
1538 @example
1539 line: '\n'
1540 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1541 ;
1542 @end example
1543
1544 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1545 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1546 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1547 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1548 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1549 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1550 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1551
1552 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1553 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1554 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1555 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1556 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1557
1558 @node Rpcalc Expr
1559 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1560
1561 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1562 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1563 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1564 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1565
1566 @example
1567 exp: NUM
1568 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1569 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1570 @dots{}
1571 ;
1572 @end example
1573
1574 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1575 equally well have written them separately:
1576
1577 @example
1578 exp: NUM ;
1579 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1580 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1581 @dots{}
1582 @end example
1583
1584 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1585 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1586 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1587 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1588 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1589 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1590 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1591 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1592
1593 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1594 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1595 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1596
1597 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1598 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1599 For example, this:
1600
1601 @example
1602 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1603 @end example
1604
1605 @noindent
1606 means the same thing as this:
1607
1608 @example
1609 exp: NUM
1610 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1611 | @dots{}
1612 ;
1613 @end example
1614
1615 @noindent
1616 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1617
1618 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1619 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1620 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1621 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1622
1623 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1624 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1625 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1626 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1627
1628 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1629 calculator. This
1630 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1631 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1632 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1633 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1634
1635 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1636 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1637 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1638 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1639 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1640 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1641 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1642 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1643 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1644
1645 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1646 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1647 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1648 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1649 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1650
1651 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1652 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1653
1654 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1655
1656 @example
1657 @group
1658 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1659 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1660 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1661 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1662
1663 #include <ctype.h>
1664 @end group
1665
1666 @group
1667 int
1668 yylex (void)
1669 @{
1670 int c;
1671
1672 /* Skip white space. */
1673 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1674 ;
1675 @end group
1676 @group
1677 /* Process numbers. */
1678 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1679 @{
1680 ungetc (c, stdin);
1681 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1682 return NUM;
1683 @}
1684 @end group
1685 @group
1686 /* Return end-of-input. */
1687 if (c == EOF)
1688 return 0;
1689 /* Return a single char. */
1690 return c;
1691 @}
1692 @end group
1693 @end example
1694
1695 @node Rpcalc Main
1696 @subsection The Controlling Function
1697 @cindex controlling function
1698 @cindex main function in simple example
1699
1700 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1701 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1702 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1703
1704 @example
1705 @group
1706 int
1707 main (void)
1708 @{
1709 return yyparse ();
1710 @}
1711 @end group
1712 @end example
1713
1714 @node Rpcalc Error
1715 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1716 @cindex error reporting routine
1717
1718 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1719 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1720 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1721 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1722 here is the definition we will use:
1723
1724 @example
1725 @group
1726 #include <stdio.h>
1727
1728 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1729 void
1730 yyerror (char const *s)
1731 @{
1732 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1733 @}
1734 @end group
1735 @end example
1736
1737 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1738 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1739 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1740 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1741 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1742 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1743
1744 @node Rpcalc Gen
1745 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1746 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1747
1748 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1749 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1750 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1751 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1752 end, in the epilogue of the file
1753 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1754
1755 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1756 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1757
1758 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1759 convert it into a parser file:
1760
1761 @example
1762 bison @var{file}.y
1763 @end example
1764
1765 @noindent
1766 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1767 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1768 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1769 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1770 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1771 are copied verbatim to the output.
1772
1773 @node Rpcalc Compile
1774 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1775 @cindex compiling the parser
1776
1777 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1778
1779 @example
1780 @group
1781 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1782 $ @kbd{ls}
1783 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1784 @end group
1785
1786 @group
1787 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1788 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1789 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1790 @end group
1791
1792 @group
1793 # @r{List files again.}
1794 $ @kbd{ls}
1795 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1796 @end group
1797 @end example
1798
1799 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1800 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1801
1802 @example
1803 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1804 @kbd{4 9 +}
1805 13
1806 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1807 -13
1808 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1809 13
1810 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1811 -3.166666667
1812 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1813 81
1814 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1815 $
1816 @end example
1817
1818 @node Infix Calc
1819 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1820 @cindex infix notation calculator
1821 @cindex @code{calc}
1822 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1823
1824 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1825 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1826 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1827 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1828
1829 @example
1830 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1831
1832 %@{
1833 #define YYSTYPE double
1834 #include <math.h>
1835 #include <stdio.h>
1836 int yylex (void);
1837 void yyerror (char const *);
1838 %@}
1839
1840 /* Bison declarations. */
1841 %token NUM
1842 %left '-' '+'
1843 %left '*' '/'
1844 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1845 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1846
1847 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1848 input: /* empty */
1849 | input line
1850 ;
1851
1852 line: '\n'
1853 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1854 ;
1855
1856 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1857 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1858 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1859 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1860 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1861 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1862 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1863 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1864 ;
1865 %%
1866 @end example
1867
1868 @noindent
1869 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1870 same as before.
1871
1872 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1873
1874 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1875 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1876 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1877 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1878 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1879 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1880 the associativity.)
1881
1882 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1883 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1884 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1885 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1886 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1887 Precedence}.
1888
1889 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1890 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1891 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1892 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1893 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1894
1895 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1896
1897 @need 500
1898 @example
1899 $ @kbd{calc}
1900 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1901 6.880952381
1902 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1903 -54
1904 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1905 9
1906 @end example
1907
1908 @node Simple Error Recovery
1909 @section Simple Error Recovery
1910 @cindex error recovery, simple
1911
1912 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1913 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1914 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1915 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1916 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1917 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1918
1919 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1920 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1921 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1922
1923 @example
1924 @group
1925 line: '\n'
1926 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1927 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1928 ;
1929 @end group
1930 @end example
1931
1932 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1933 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1934 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1935 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1936 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1937 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1938 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1939 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1940 misprint.
1941
1942 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1943 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1944 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1945 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1946 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1947 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1948 Bison programs.
1949
1950 @node Location Tracking Calc
1951 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1952 @cindex location tracking calculator
1953 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1954 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1955
1956 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1957 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1958 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1959 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1960 analyzer.
1961
1962 @menu
1963 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1964 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1965 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1966 @end menu
1967
1968 @node Ltcalc Decls
1969 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1970
1971 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1972 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1973
1974 @example
1975 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1976
1977 %@{
1978 #define YYSTYPE int
1979 #include <math.h>
1980 int yylex (void);
1981 void yyerror (char const *);
1982 %@}
1983
1984 /* Bison declarations. */
1985 %token NUM
1986
1987 %left '-' '+'
1988 %left '*' '/'
1989 %left NEG
1990 %right '^'
1991
1992 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1993 @end example
1994
1995 @noindent
1996 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1997 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1998 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1999 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2000 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2001 @code{last_column}. By conventions, and in accordance with the GNU
2002 Coding Standards and common practice, the line and column count both
2003 start at 1.
2004
2005 @node Ltcalc Rules
2006 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2007
2008 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2009 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2010 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2011 from the new information.
2012
2013 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2014 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2015
2016 @example
2017 @group
2018 input : /* empty */
2019 | input line
2020 ;
2021 @end group
2022
2023 @group
2024 line : '\n'
2025 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2026 ;
2027 @end group
2028
2029 @group
2030 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2031 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2032 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2033 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2034 @end group
2035 @group
2036 | exp '/' exp
2037 @{
2038 if ($3)
2039 $$ = $1 / $3;
2040 else
2041 @{
2042 $$ = 1;
2043 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2044 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2045 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2046 @}
2047 @}
2048 @end group
2049 @group
2050 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2051 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2052 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2053 @end group
2054 @end example
2055
2056 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2057 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2058 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2059
2060 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2061 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2062 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2063 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2064 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2065 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2066 hand.
2067
2068 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2069 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2070
2071 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2072 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2073 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2074 semantic values.
2075
2076 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2077 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2078
2079 @example
2080 @group
2081 int
2082 yylex (void)
2083 @{
2084 int c;
2085 @end group
2086
2087 @group
2088 /* Skip white space. */
2089 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2090 ++yylloc.last_column;
2091 @end group
2092
2093 @group
2094 /* Step. */
2095 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2096 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2097 @end group
2098
2099 @group
2100 /* Process numbers. */
2101 if (isdigit (c))
2102 @{
2103 yylval = c - '0';
2104 ++yylloc.last_column;
2105 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2106 @{
2107 ++yylloc.last_column;
2108 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2109 @}
2110 ungetc (c, stdin);
2111 return NUM;
2112 @}
2113 @end group
2114
2115 /* Return end-of-input. */
2116 if (c == EOF)
2117 return 0;
2118
2119 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2120 if (c == '\n')
2121 @{
2122 ++yylloc.last_line;
2123 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2124 @}
2125 else
2126 ++yylloc.last_column;
2127 return c;
2128 @}
2129 @end example
2130
2131 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2132 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2133 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2134 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2135
2136 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2137 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2138 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2139 controlling function:
2140
2141 @example
2142 @group
2143 int
2144 main (void)
2145 @{
2146 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2147 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2148 return yyparse ();
2149 @}
2150 @end group
2151 @end example
2152
2153 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2154 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2155 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2156
2157 @node Multi-function Calc
2158 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2159 @cindex multi-function calculator
2160 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2161 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2162
2163 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2164 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2165 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2166 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2167 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2168
2169 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2170 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2171 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2172 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2173 functions whose syntax has this form:
2174
2175 @example
2176 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2177 @end example
2178
2179 @noindent
2180 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2181 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2182 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2183
2184 @example
2185 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2186 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2187 3.1415926536
2188 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2189 0.0000000000
2190 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2191 2.3000000000
2192 @kbd{alpha}
2193 2.3000000000
2194 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2195 0.8329091229
2196 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2197 2.3000000000
2198 $
2199 @end example
2200
2201 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2202
2203 @menu
2204 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2205 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2206 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2207 @end menu
2208
2209 @node Mfcalc Decl
2210 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2211
2212 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2213
2214 @smallexample
2215 @group
2216 %@{
2217 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2218 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2219 int yylex (void);
2220 void yyerror (char const *);
2221 %@}
2222 @end group
2223 @group
2224 %union @{
2225 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2226 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2227 @}
2228 @end group
2229 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2230 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2231 %type <val> exp
2232
2233 @group
2234 %right '='
2235 %left '-' '+'
2236 %left '*' '/'
2237 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2238 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2239 @end group
2240 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2241 @end smallexample
2242
2243 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2244 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2245 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2246
2247 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2248 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2249 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2250 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2251
2252 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2253 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2254 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2255 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2256 between angle brackets).
2257
2258 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2259 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2260 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2261 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2262 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2263 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2264
2265 @node Mfcalc Rules
2266 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2267
2268 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2269 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2270 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2271
2272 @smallexample
2273 @group
2274 input: /* empty */
2275 | input line
2276 ;
2277 @end group
2278
2279 @group
2280 line:
2281 '\n'
2282 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2283 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2284 ;
2285 @end group
2286
2287 @group
2288 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2289 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2290 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2291 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2292 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2293 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2294 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2295 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2296 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2297 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2298 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2299 ;
2300 @end group
2301 /* End of grammar. */
2302 %%
2303 @end smallexample
2304
2305 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2306 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2307 @cindex symbol table example
2308
2309 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2310 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2311 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2312 requires some additional C functions for support.
2313
2314 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2315 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2316 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2317
2318 @smallexample
2319 @group
2320 /* Function type. */
2321 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2322 @end group
2323
2324 @group
2325 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2326 struct symrec
2327 @{
2328 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2329 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2330 union
2331 @{
2332 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2333 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2334 @} value;
2335 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2336 @};
2337 @end group
2338
2339 @group
2340 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2341
2342 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2343 extern symrec *sym_table;
2344
2345 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2346 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2347 @end group
2348 @end smallexample
2349
2350 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2351 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2352 @code{init_table} as well:
2353
2354 @smallexample
2355 #include <stdio.h>
2356
2357 @group
2358 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2359 void
2360 yyerror (char const *s)
2361 @{
2362 printf ("%s\n", s);
2363 @}
2364 @end group
2365
2366 @group
2367 struct init
2368 @{
2369 char const *fname;
2370 double (*fnct) (double);
2371 @};
2372 @end group
2373
2374 @group
2375 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2376 @{
2377 "sin", sin,
2378 "cos", cos,
2379 "atan", atan,
2380 "ln", log,
2381 "exp", exp,
2382 "sqrt", sqrt,
2383 0, 0
2384 @};
2385 @end group
2386
2387 @group
2388 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2389 symrec *sym_table;
2390 @end group
2391
2392 @group
2393 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2394 void
2395 init_table (void)
2396 @{
2397 int i;
2398 symrec *ptr;
2399 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2400 @{
2401 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2402 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2403 @}
2404 @}
2405 @end group
2406
2407 @group
2408 int
2409 main (void)
2410 @{
2411 init_table ();
2412 return yyparse ();
2413 @}
2414 @end group
2415 @end smallexample
2416
2417 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2418 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2419
2420 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2421 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2422 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2423 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2424 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2425 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2426
2427 @smallexample
2428 symrec *
2429 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2430 @{
2431 symrec *ptr;
2432 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2433 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2434 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2435 ptr->type = sym_type;
2436 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2437 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2438 sym_table = ptr;
2439 return ptr;
2440 @}
2441
2442 symrec *
2443 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2444 @{
2445 symrec *ptr;
2446 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2447 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2448 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2449 return ptr;
2450 return 0;
2451 @}
2452 @end smallexample
2453
2454 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2455 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2456 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2457 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2458
2459 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2460 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2461 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2462 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2463 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2464 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2465
2466 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2467 operators in @code{yylex}.
2468
2469 @smallexample
2470 @group
2471 #include <ctype.h>
2472 @end group
2473
2474 @group
2475 int
2476 yylex (void)
2477 @{
2478 int c;
2479
2480 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2481 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2482
2483 if (c == EOF)
2484 return 0;
2485 @end group
2486
2487 @group
2488 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2489 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2490 @{
2491 ungetc (c, stdin);
2492 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2493 return NUM;
2494 @}
2495 @end group
2496
2497 @group
2498 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2499 if (isalpha (c))
2500 @{
2501 symrec *s;
2502 static char *symbuf = 0;
2503 static int length = 0;
2504 int i;
2505 @end group
2506
2507 @group
2508 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2509 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2510 if (length == 0)
2511 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2512
2513 i = 0;
2514 do
2515 @end group
2516 @group
2517 @{
2518 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2519 if (i == length)
2520 @{
2521 length *= 2;
2522 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2523 @}
2524 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2525 symbuf[i++] = c;
2526 /* Get another character. */
2527 c = getchar ();
2528 @}
2529 @end group
2530 @group
2531 while (isalnum (c));
2532
2533 ungetc (c, stdin);
2534 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2535 @end group
2536
2537 @group
2538 s = getsym (symbuf);
2539 if (s == 0)
2540 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2541 yylval.tptr = s;
2542 return s->type;
2543 @}
2544
2545 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2546 return c;
2547 @}
2548 @end group
2549 @end smallexample
2550
2551 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2552 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2553 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2554
2555 @node Exercises
2556 @section Exercises
2557 @cindex exercises
2558
2559 @enumerate
2560 @item
2561 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2562
2563 @item
2564 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2565 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2566 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2567
2568 @item
2569 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2570 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2571 @end enumerate
2572
2573 @node Grammar File
2574 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2575
2576 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2577 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2578
2579 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2580 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2581
2582 @menu
2583 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2584 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2585 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2586 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2587 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2588 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2589 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2590 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2591 @end menu
2592
2593 @node Grammar Outline
2594 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2595
2596 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2597 appropriate delimiters:
2598
2599 @example
2600 %@{
2601 @var{Prologue}
2602 %@}
2603
2604 @var{Bison declarations}
2605
2606 %%
2607 @var{Grammar rules}
2608 %%
2609
2610 @var{Epilogue}
2611 @end example
2612
2613 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2614 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2615 continues until end of line.
2616
2617 @menu
2618 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2619 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2620 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2621 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2622 @end menu
2623
2624 @node Prologue
2625 @subsection The prologue
2626 @cindex declarations section
2627 @cindex Prologue
2628 @cindex declarations
2629
2630 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2631 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2632 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2633 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2634 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2635 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2636 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2637
2638 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the the first occurrence
2639 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2640 character constant.
2641
2642 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2643 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2644 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2645 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2646 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2647 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2648 @code{%union} declaration.
2649
2650 @smallexample
2651 %@{
2652 #include <stdio.h>
2653 #include "ptypes.h"
2654 %@}
2655
2656 %union @{
2657 long int n;
2658 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2659 @}
2660
2661 %@{
2662 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2663 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2664 %@}
2665
2666 @dots{}
2667 @end smallexample
2668
2669 @findex %before-header
2670 @findex %start-header
2671 @findex %after-header
2672 If you've instructed Bison to generate a header file (@pxref{Table of Symbols,
2673 ,%defines}), you probably want @code{#include "ptypes.h"} to appear
2674 in that header file as well.
2675 In that case, use @code{%before-header}, @code{%start-header}, and
2676 @code{%after-header} instead of @var{Prologue} sections
2677 (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}):
2678
2679 @smallexample
2680 %before-header @{
2681 #include <stdio.h>
2682 @}
2683
2684 %start-header @{
2685 #include "ptypes.h"
2686 @}
2687 %union @{
2688 long int n;
2689 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2690 @}
2691
2692 %after-header @{
2693 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2694 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2695 @}
2696
2697 @dots{}
2698 @end smallexample
2699
2700 @node Bison Declarations
2701 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2702 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2703 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2704
2705 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2706 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2707 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2708 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2709
2710 @node Grammar Rules
2711 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2712 @cindex grammar rules section
2713 @cindex rules section for grammar
2714
2715 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2716 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2717
2718 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2719 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2720 if it is the first thing in the file.
2721
2722 @node Epilogue
2723 @subsection The epilogue
2724 @cindex additional C code section
2725 @cindex epilogue
2726 @cindex C code, section for additional
2727
2728 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2729 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2730 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2731 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2732 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2733 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2734 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2735 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2736 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2737
2738 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2739 from the grammar rules.
2740
2741 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2742 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2743 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2744 of the grammar file.
2745
2746 @node Symbols
2747 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2748 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2749 @cindex terminal symbol
2750 @cindex token type
2751 @cindex symbol
2752
2753 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2754 of the language.
2755
2756 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2757 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2758 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2759 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2760 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2761 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2762 the symbol to stand for it.
2763
2764 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2765 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2766 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2767
2768 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2769 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2770
2771 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2772
2773 @itemize @bullet
2774 @item
2775 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2776 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2777 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2778 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2779
2780 @item
2781 @cindex character token
2782 @cindex literal token
2783 @cindex single-character literal
2784 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2785 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2786 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2787 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2788 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2789 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2790 ,Operator Precedence}).
2791
2792 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2793 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2794 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2795 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2796 your program will confuse other readers.
2797
2798 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2799 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2800 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2801 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2802 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2803 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2804 allowed.
2805
2806 @item
2807 @cindex string token
2808 @cindex literal string token
2809 @cindex multicharacter literal
2810 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2811 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2812 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2813 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2814 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2815
2816 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2817 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2818 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2819 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2820 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2821
2822 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2823
2824 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2825 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2826 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2827 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2828 read your program will be confused.
2829
2830 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2831 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2832 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2833 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2834 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2835 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2836 @end itemize
2837
2838 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2839 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2840 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2841
2842 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2843 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2844 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2845 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2846 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2847 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2848 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2849 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2850 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2851 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2852 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2853 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2854
2855 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2856 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2857 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2858 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2859 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2860
2861 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2862 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
2863 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2864 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2865 characters in the following C-language string:
2866
2867 @example
2868 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2869 @end example
2870
2871 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
2872 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2873 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
2874 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2875 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
2876 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2877 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
2878 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
2879 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
2880 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
2881 compiling them.
2882
2883 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2884 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2885 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2886 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2887 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2888
2889 @node Rules
2890 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2891 @cindex rule syntax
2892 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2893 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2894
2895 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2896
2897 @example
2898 @group
2899 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2900 ;
2901 @end group
2902 @end example
2903
2904 @noindent
2905 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2906 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2907 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2908
2909 For example,
2910
2911 @example
2912 @group
2913 exp: exp '+' exp
2914 ;
2915 @end group
2916 @end example
2917
2918 @noindent
2919 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2920 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2921
2922 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2923 extra white space as you wish.
2924
2925 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2926 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2927
2928 @example
2929 @{@var{C statements}@}
2930 @end example
2931
2932 @noindent
2933 @cindex braced code
2934 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
2935 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
2936 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
2937 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
2938 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
2939
2940 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
2941 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
2942 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
2943 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
2944 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
2945 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
2946 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
2947 character constants.
2948
2949 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2950 @xref{Actions}.
2951
2952 @findex |
2953 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2954 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2955
2956 @example
2957 @group
2958 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2959 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2960 @dots{}
2961 ;
2962 @end group
2963 @end example
2964
2965 @noindent
2966 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2967
2968 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2969 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2970 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2971
2972 @example
2973 @group
2974 expseq: /* empty */
2975 | expseq1
2976 ;
2977 @end group
2978
2979 @group
2980 expseq1: exp
2981 | expseq1 ',' exp
2982 ;
2983 @end group
2984 @end example
2985
2986 @noindent
2987 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2988 with no components.
2989
2990 @node Recursion
2991 @section Recursive Rules
2992 @cindex recursive rule
2993
2994 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
2995 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
2996 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
2997 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2998 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2999
3000 @example
3001 @group
3002 expseq1: exp
3003 | expseq1 ',' exp
3004 ;
3005 @end group
3006 @end example
3007
3008 @cindex left recursion
3009 @cindex right recursion
3010 @noindent
3011 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3012 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3013 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3014
3015 @example
3016 @group
3017 expseq1: exp
3018 | exp ',' expseq1
3019 ;
3020 @end group
3021 @end example
3022
3023 @noindent
3024 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3025 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3026 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3027 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3028 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3029 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3030 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3031 of this.
3032
3033 @cindex mutual recursion
3034 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3035 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3036 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3037 side.
3038
3039 For example:
3040
3041 @example
3042 @group
3043 expr: primary
3044 | primary '+' primary
3045 ;
3046 @end group
3047
3048 @group
3049 primary: constant
3050 | '(' expr ')'
3051 ;
3052 @end group
3053 @end example
3054
3055 @noindent
3056 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3057 other.
3058
3059 @node Semantics
3060 @section Defining Language Semantics
3061 @cindex defining language semantics
3062 @cindex language semantics, defining
3063
3064 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3065 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3066 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3067
3068 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3069 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3070 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3071 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3072
3073 @menu
3074 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3075 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3076 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3077 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3078 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3079 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3080 action in the middle of a rule.
3081 @end menu
3082
3083 @node Value Type
3084 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3085 @cindex semantic value type
3086 @cindex value type, semantic
3087 @cindex data types of semantic values
3088 @cindex default data type
3089
3090 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3091 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3092 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3093 Notation Calculator}).
3094
3095 Bison normally uses the type @code{int} for semantic values if your
3096 program uses the same data type for all language constructs. To
3097 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3098
3099 @example
3100 #define YYSTYPE double
3101 @end example
3102
3103 @noindent
3104 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3105 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3106 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3107 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3108
3109 @node Multiple Types
3110 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3111
3112 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3113 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3114 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3115 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3116 symbol table.
3117
3118 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3119 requires you to do two things:
3120
3121 @itemize @bullet
3122 @item
3123 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, either by using the
3124 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3125 Value Types}), or by using a @code{typedef} or a @code{#define} to
3126 define @code{YYSTYPE} to be a union type whose member names are
3127 the type tags.
3128
3129 @item
3130 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3131 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3132 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3133 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3134 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3135 @end itemize
3136
3137 @node Actions
3138 @subsection Actions
3139 @cindex action
3140 @vindex $$
3141 @vindex $@var{n}
3142
3143 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3144 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3145 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3146 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3147
3148 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3149 placed at any position in the rule;
3150 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3151 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3152 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3153 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3154
3155 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3156 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3157 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3158 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3159 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3160 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3161 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3162
3163 Here is a typical example:
3164
3165 @example
3166 @group
3167 exp: @dots{}
3168 | exp '+' exp
3169 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3170 @end group
3171 @end example
3172
3173 @noindent
3174 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3175 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3176 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3177 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3178 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3179 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3180 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3181 referred to as @code{$2}.
3182
3183 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3184 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3185 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3186 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3187 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3188
3189 @example
3190 @group
3191 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3192 @end group
3193 @end example
3194
3195 @cindex default action
3196 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3197 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3198 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3199 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3200 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3201 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3202
3203 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3204 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3205 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3206 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3207 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3208
3209 @example
3210 @group
3211 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3212 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3213 ;
3214 @end group
3215
3216 @group
3217 bar: /* empty */
3218 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3219 ;
3220 @end group
3221 @end example
3222
3223 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3224 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3225 definition of @code{foo}.
3226
3227 @vindex yylval
3228 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3229 any, from a semantic action.
3230 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3231 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3232
3233 @node Action Types
3234 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3235 @cindex action data types
3236 @cindex data types in actions
3237
3238 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3239 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3240
3241 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3242 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3243 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3244 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3245 in the rule. In this example,
3246
3247 @example
3248 @group
3249 exp: @dots{}
3250 | exp '+' exp
3251 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3252 @end group
3253 @end example
3254
3255 @noindent
3256 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3257 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3258 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3259 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3260
3261 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3262 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3263 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3264
3265 @example
3266 @group
3267 %union @{
3268 int itype;
3269 double dtype;
3270 @}
3271 @end group
3272 @end example
3273
3274 @noindent
3275 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3276 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3277
3278 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3279 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3280 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3281 @cindex mid-rule actions
3282
3283 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3284 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3285 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3286
3287 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3288 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3289 it is run before they are parsed.
3290
3291 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3292 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3293 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3294 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3295 @code{$@var{n}}.
3296
3297 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3298 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3299 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3300 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3301 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3302 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3303
3304 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3305 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3306 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3307 at the end of the rule.
3308
3309 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3310 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3311 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3312 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3313 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3314 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3315
3316 @example
3317 @group
3318 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3319 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3320 declare_variable ($3); @}
3321 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3322 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3323 @end group
3324 @end example
3325
3326 @noindent
3327 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3328 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3329 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3330 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3331 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3332 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3333 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3334 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3335
3336 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3337 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3338 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3339 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3340 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3341
3342 @findex %destructor
3343 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3344 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3345 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3346 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3347 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3348 restoring it.
3349 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3350 Discarded Symbols}).
3351 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor for a
3352 mid-rule action's semantic value.
3353
3354 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3355 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3356
3357 @example
3358 @group
3359 %type <context> let
3360 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3361
3362 %%
3363
3364 stmt: let stmt
3365 @{ $$ = $2;
3366 pop_context ($1); @}
3367 ;
3368
3369 let: LET '(' var ')'
3370 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3371 declare_variable ($3); @}
3372 ;
3373
3374 @end group
3375 @end example
3376
3377 @noindent
3378 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3379 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3380 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3381
3382 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3383 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3384 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3385 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3386 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3387 declaration or not:
3388
3389 @example
3390 @group
3391 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3392 | '@{' statements '@}'
3393 ;
3394 @end group
3395 @end example
3396
3397 @noindent
3398 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3399
3400 @example
3401 @group
3402 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3403 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3404 @end group
3405 @group
3406 | '@{' statements '@}'
3407 ;
3408 @end group
3409 @end example
3410
3411 @noindent
3412 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3413 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3414 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3415 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3416 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3417 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3418
3419 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3420 actions into the two rules, like this:
3421
3422 @example
3423 @group
3424 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3425 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3426 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3427 '@{' statements '@}'
3428 ;
3429 @end group
3430 @end example
3431
3432 @noindent
3433 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3434 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3435
3436 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3437 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3438 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3439
3440 @example
3441 @group
3442 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3443 declarations statements '@}'
3444 | '@{' statements '@}'
3445 ;
3446 @end group
3447 @end example
3448
3449 @noindent
3450 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3451 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3452
3453 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3454 serves as a subroutine:
3455
3456 @example
3457 @group
3458 subroutine: /* empty */
3459 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3460 ;
3461
3462 @end group
3463
3464 @group
3465 compound: subroutine
3466 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3467 | subroutine
3468 '@{' statements '@}'
3469 ;
3470 @end group
3471 @end example
3472
3473 @noindent
3474 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3475 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3476
3477 @node Locations
3478 @section Tracking Locations
3479 @cindex location
3480 @cindex textual location
3481 @cindex location, textual
3482
3483 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3484 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3485 especially symbol locations.
3486
3487 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3488 actions to take when rules are matched.
3489
3490 @menu
3491 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3492 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3493 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3494 @end menu
3495
3496 @node Location Type
3497 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3498 @cindex data type of locations
3499 @cindex default location type
3500
3501 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3502 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3503
3504 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3505 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3506 defining a @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type}).
3507 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3508 four members:
3509
3510 @example
3511 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3512 @{
3513 int first_line;
3514 int first_column;
3515 int last_line;
3516 int last_column;
3517 @} YYLTYPE;
3518 @end example
3519
3520 At the beginning of the parsing, Bison initializes all these fields to 1
3521 for @code{yylloc}.
3522
3523 @node Actions and Locations
3524 @subsection Actions and Locations
3525 @cindex location actions
3526 @cindex actions, location
3527 @vindex @@$
3528 @vindex @@@var{n}
3529
3530 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3531 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3532
3533 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3534 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3535 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3536 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3537 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3538 @code{@@$}.
3539
3540 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3541
3542 @example
3543 @group
3544 exp: @dots{}
3545 | exp '/' exp
3546 @{
3547 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3548 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3549 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3550 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3551 if ($3)
3552 $$ = $1 / $3;
3553 else
3554 @{
3555 $$ = 1;
3556 fprintf (stderr,
3557 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3558 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3559 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3560 @}
3561 @}
3562 @end group
3563 @end example
3564
3565 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3566 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3567 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3568 last symbol.
3569
3570 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3571 example above simply rewrites this way:
3572
3573 @example
3574 @group
3575 exp: @dots{}
3576 | exp '/' exp
3577 @{
3578 if ($3)
3579 $$ = $1 / $3;
3580 else
3581 @{
3582 $$ = 1;
3583 fprintf (stderr,
3584 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3585 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3586 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3587 @}
3588 @}
3589 @end group
3590 @end example
3591
3592 @vindex yylloc
3593 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3594 from a semantic action.
3595 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3596 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3597
3598 @node Location Default Action
3599 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3600 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3601 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3602
3603 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3604 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3605 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3606 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3607 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3608 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3609 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3610 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3611 of that ambiguity.
3612
3613 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3614 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3615
3616 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3617 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3618 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3619 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3620 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3621 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3622 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3623 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3624 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3625 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3626
3627 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3628
3629 @smallexample
3630 @group
3631 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3632 do \
3633 if (N) \
3634 @{ \
3635 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3636 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3637 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3638 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3639 @} \
3640 else \
3641 @{ \
3642 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3643 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3644 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3645 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3646 @} \
3647 while (0)
3648 @end group
3649 @end smallexample
3650
3651 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3652 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3653 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3654
3655 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3656
3657 @itemize @bullet
3658 @item
3659 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3660 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3661
3662 @item
3663 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3664 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3665 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3666 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3667
3668 @item
3669 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3670 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3671 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3672 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3673 @end itemize
3674
3675 @node Declarations
3676 @section Bison Declarations
3677 @cindex declarations, Bison
3678 @cindex Bison declarations
3679
3680 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3681 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3682 @xref{Symbols}.
3683
3684 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3685 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3686 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3687 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3688
3689 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3690 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3691 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3692 Grammars}).
3693
3694 @menu
3695 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3696 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3697 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3698 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3699 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3700 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3701 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3702 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3703 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3704 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3705 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3706 @end menu
3707
3708 @node Require Decl
3709 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3710 @cindex version requirement
3711 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3712 @findex %require
3713
3714 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3715 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3716 status 63).
3717
3718 @example
3719 %require "@var{version}"
3720 @end example
3721
3722 @node Token Decl
3723 @subsection Token Type Names
3724 @cindex declaring token type names
3725 @cindex token type names, declaring
3726 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3727 @findex %token
3728
3729 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3730
3731 @example
3732 %token @var{name}
3733 @end example
3734
3735 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3736 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3737 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3738
3739 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3740 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3741 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3742 Precedence}.
3743
3744 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3745 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3746 following the token name:
3747
3748 @example
3749 %token NUM 300
3750 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3751 @end example
3752
3753 @noindent
3754 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3755 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3756 with each other or with normal characters.
3757
3758 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3759 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3760 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3761 Than One Value Type}).
3762
3763 For example:
3764
3765 @example
3766 @group
3767 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3768 double val;
3769 symrec *tptr;
3770 @}
3771 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3772 @end group
3773 @end example
3774
3775 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3776 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3777 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3778
3779 @example
3780 %token arrow "=>"
3781 @end example
3782
3783 @noindent
3784 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3785 equivalent literal string tokens:
3786
3787 @example
3788 %token <operator> OR "||"
3789 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3790 %left OR "<="
3791 @end example
3792
3793 @noindent
3794 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3795 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3796 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3797 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3798
3799 @node Precedence Decl
3800 @subsection Operator Precedence
3801 @cindex precedence declarations
3802 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3803 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3804
3805 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3806 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3807 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3808 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3809 operator precedence.
3810
3811 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3812 @code{%token}: either
3813
3814 @example
3815 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3816 @end example
3817
3818 @noindent
3819 or
3820
3821 @example
3822 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3823 @end example
3824
3825 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3826 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3827 all the @var{symbols}:
3828
3829 @itemize @bullet
3830 @item
3831 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3832 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3833 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3834 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3835 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3836 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3837 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3838 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3839 considered a syntax error.
3840
3841 @item
3842 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3843 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3844 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3845 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3846 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3847 @end itemize
3848
3849 @node Union Decl
3850 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3851 @cindex declaring value types
3852 @cindex value types, declaring
3853 @findex %union
3854
3855 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
3856 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
3857 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
3858 @code{union} in C@.
3859
3860 For example:
3861
3862 @example
3863 @group
3864 %union @{
3865 double val;
3866 symrec *tptr;
3867 @}
3868 @end group
3869 @end example
3870
3871 @noindent
3872 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3873 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3874 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3875 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3876
3877 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3878 @code{union}. For example:
3879
3880 @example
3881 @group
3882 %union value @{
3883 double val;
3884 symrec *tptr;
3885 @}
3886 @end group
3887 @end example
3888
3889 @noindent
3890 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3891 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3892 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3893
3894 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
3895 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
3896 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
3897
3898 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3899 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3900
3901 Instead of @code{%union}, you can define and use your own union type
3902 @code{YYSTYPE} if your grammar contains at least one
3903 @samp{<@var{type}>} tag. For example, you can put the following into
3904 a header file @file{parser.h}:
3905
3906 @example
3907 @group
3908 union YYSTYPE @{
3909 double val;
3910 symrec *tptr;
3911 @};
3912 typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
3913 @end group
3914 @end example
3915
3916 @noindent
3917 and then your grammar can use the following
3918 instead of @code{%union}:
3919
3920 @example
3921 @group
3922 %@{
3923 #include "parser.h"
3924 %@}
3925 %type <val> expr
3926 %token <tptr> ID
3927 @end group
3928 @end example
3929
3930 @node Type Decl
3931 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3932 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3933 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3934 @findex %type
3935
3936 @noindent
3937 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3938 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3939 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3940
3941 @example
3942 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3943 @end example
3944
3945 @noindent
3946 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3947 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3948 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3949 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3950 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3951 the symbol names.
3952
3953 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3954 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3955 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3956 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3957
3958 @node Initial Action Decl
3959 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3960 @findex %initial-action
3961
3962 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3963 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3964 code.
3965
3966 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3967 @findex %initial-action
3968 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3969 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3970 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
3971 @code{%parse-param}.
3972 @end deffn
3973
3974 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3975
3976 @example
3977 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3978 %initial-action
3979 @{
3980 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3981 @};
3982 @end example
3983
3984
3985 @node Destructor Decl
3986 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3987 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3988 @findex %destructor
3989
3990 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3991 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
3992 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
3993 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
3994 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
3995 must discard the start symbol.
3996
3997 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3998 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3999 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
4000 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
4001
4002 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
4003 symbol is automatically discarded.
4004
4005 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
4006 @findex %destructor
4007 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
4008 @var{symbols}.
4009 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
4010 with the discarded symbol. The additional parser parameters are also
4011 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function
4012 @code{yyparse}}).
4013 @end deffn
4014
4015 For instance:
4016
4017 @smallexample
4018 %union
4019 @{
4020 char *string;
4021 @}
4022 %token <string> STRING
4023 %type <string> string
4024 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
4025 @end smallexample
4026
4027 @noindent
4028 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
4029 its associated memory will be freed.
4030
4031 @sp 1
4032
4033 @cindex discarded symbols
4034 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
4035
4036 @itemize
4037 @item
4038 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4039 @item
4040 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4041 @item
4042 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4043 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4044 @item
4045 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4046 @end itemize
4047
4048 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4049 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4050 exhaustion.
4051
4052 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4053 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4054 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4055 the memory.
4056
4057 @node Expect Decl
4058 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4059 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4060 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4061 @cindex warnings, preventing
4062 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4063 @findex %expect
4064 @findex %expect-rr
4065
4066 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4067 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4068 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4069 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4070 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4071 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4072
4073 The declaration looks like this:
4074
4075 @example
4076 %expect @var{n}
4077 @end example
4078
4079 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4080 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4081 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4082 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4083
4084 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4085 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4086 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4087 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4088 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4089 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4090 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4091
4092 @example
4093 %expect-rr @var{n}
4094 @end example
4095
4096 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4097
4098 @itemize @bullet
4099 @item
4100 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4101 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4102 print the number of conflicts.
4103
4104 @item
4105 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4106 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4107 go back to the beginning.
4108
4109 @item
4110 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4111 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4112 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4113 @end itemize
4114
4115 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4116 will keep silent otherwise.
4117
4118 @node Start Decl
4119 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4120 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4121 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4122 @cindex default start symbol
4123 @findex %start
4124
4125 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4126 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4127 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4128
4129 @example
4130 %start @var{symbol}
4131 @end example
4132
4133 @node Pure Decl
4134 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4135 @cindex reentrant parser
4136 @cindex pure parser
4137 @findex %pure-parser
4138
4139 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4140 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4141 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4142 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4143 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4144 program must be called only within interlocks.
4145
4146 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4147 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4148 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4149 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4150 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4151
4152 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4153 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4154 reentrant. It looks like this:
4155
4156 @example
4157 %pure-parser
4158 @end example
4159
4160 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4161 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4162 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4163 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4164 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4165 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4166 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4167 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4168
4169 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4170 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4171 valid grammar.
4172
4173 @node Decl Summary
4174 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4175 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4176 @cindex declaration summary
4177 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4178
4179 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4180
4181 @deffn {Directive} %union
4182 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4183 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4184 @end deffn
4185
4186 @deffn {Directive} %token
4187 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4188 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4189 @end deffn
4190
4191 @deffn {Directive} %right
4192 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4193 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4194 @end deffn
4195
4196 @deffn {Directive} %left
4197 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4198 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4199 @end deffn
4200
4201 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4202 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4203 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4204 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4205 @end deffn
4206
4207 @ifset defaultprec
4208 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4209 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4210 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4211 @end deffn
4212 @end ifset
4213
4214 @deffn {Directive} %type
4215 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4216 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4217 @end deffn
4218
4219 @deffn {Directive} %start
4220 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4221 Start-Symbol}).
4222 @end deffn
4223
4224 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4225 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4226 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4227 @end deffn
4228
4229
4230 @sp 1
4231 @noindent
4232 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4233 directives:
4234
4235 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4236 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4237 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4238 @end deffn
4239 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4240
4241 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4242 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4243 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4244 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4245 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4246
4247 For C parsers, the output header declares @code{YYSTYPE} unless
4248 @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro or you have used a
4249 @code{<@var{type}>} tag without using @code{%union}.
4250 Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4251 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4252 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4253 or type definition
4254 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4255 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4256 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4257 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4258
4259 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4260 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4261 Parser}.
4262
4263 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4264 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4265 the @code{YYSTYPE} macro and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4266 Locations}.
4267
4268 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4269 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4270 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4271 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4272 Tokens}.
4273
4274 @findex %start-header
4275 @findex %end-header
4276 If you have declared @code{%start-header} or @code{%end-header}, the output
4277 header also contains their code.
4278 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
4279 @end deffn
4280
4281 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4282 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4283 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4284 @end deffn
4285
4286 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4287 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4288 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4289 @end deffn
4290
4291 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4292 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4293 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4294 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4295 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4296 accurate syntax error messages.
4297 @end deffn
4298
4299 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4300 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4301 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4302 in C parsers
4303 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4304 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4305 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4306 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4307 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
4308 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
4309 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4310 @end deffn
4311
4312 @ifset defaultprec
4313 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4314 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4315 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4316 Precedence}).
4317 @end deffn
4318 @end ifset
4319
4320 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4321 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4322 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4323 declarations.
4324
4325 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4326 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4327 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4328 @end deffn
4329
4330 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4331 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4332 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4333 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4334 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4335 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4336 file in its own right.
4337 @end deffn
4338
4339 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4340 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4341 @end deffn
4342
4343 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4344 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4345 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4346 @end deffn
4347
4348 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4349 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4350 Require a Version of Bison}.
4351 @end deffn
4352
4353 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4354 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4355 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4356 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4357 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4358 @code{"$end"},
4359 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4360 defined in the grammar file.
4361
4362 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4363 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4364 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4365 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4366 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4367 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4368 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4369 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4370
4371 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4372 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4373 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4374
4375 @table @code
4376 @item YYNTOKENS
4377 The highest token number, plus one.
4378 @item YYNNTS
4379 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4380 @item YYNRULES
4381 The number of grammar rules,
4382 @item YYNSTATES
4383 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4384 @end table
4385 @end deffn
4386
4387 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4388 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4389 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
4390 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4391 information.
4392 @end deffn
4393
4394 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4395 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4396 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4397 @end deffn
4398
4399
4400 @node Multiple Parsers
4401 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4402
4403 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4404 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4405 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4406 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4407
4408 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4409 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4410 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4411 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4412 names that do not conflict.
4413
4414 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4415 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4416 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4417 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4418
4419 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4420 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4421 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4422 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4423 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4424
4425 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4426 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4427 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4428 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4429
4430 @node Interface
4431 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4432 @cindex C-language interface
4433 @cindex interface
4434
4435 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4436 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4437 functions that it needs to use.
4438
4439 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4440 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4441 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4442 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4443
4444 @menu
4445 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4446 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4447 which reads tokens.
4448 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4449 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4450 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4451 native language.
4452 @end menu
4453
4454 @node Parser Function
4455 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4456 @findex yyparse
4457
4458 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4459 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4460 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4461 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4462 without reading further.
4463
4464
4465 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4466 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4467 is due to end-of-input).
4468
4469 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4470 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4471 invoked.
4472
4473 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4474 @end deftypefun
4475
4476 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4477 these macros:
4478
4479 @defmac YYACCEPT
4480 @findex YYACCEPT
4481 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4482 @end defmac
4483
4484 @defmac YYABORT
4485 @findex YYABORT
4486 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4487 @end defmac
4488
4489 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4490 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4491 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4492
4493 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4494 @findex %parse-param
4495 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4496 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4497 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4498 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4499 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4500 @end deffn
4501
4502 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4503
4504 @example
4505 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4506 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4507 @end example
4508
4509 @noindent
4510 Then call the parser like this:
4511
4512 @example
4513 @{
4514 int nastiness, randomness;
4515 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4516 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4517 @dots{}
4518 @}
4519 @end example
4520
4521 @noindent
4522 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4523
4524 @example
4525 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4526 @end example
4527
4528
4529 @node Lexical
4530 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4531 @findex yylex
4532 @cindex lexical analyzer
4533
4534 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4535 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4536 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4537 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4538
4539 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4540 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4541 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4542 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4543 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4544 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4545 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4546
4547 @menu
4548 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4549 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4550 of the token it has read.
4551 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4552 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4553 actions want that.
4554 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4555 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4556 @end menu
4557
4558 @node Calling Convention
4559 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4560
4561 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4562 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4563 signifies end-of-input.
4564
4565 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4566 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4567 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4568 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4569
4570 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4571 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4572 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4573 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4574 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4575 signifies end-of-input.
4576
4577 Here is an example showing these things:
4578
4579 @example
4580 int
4581 yylex (void)
4582 @{
4583 @dots{}
4584 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4585 return 0;
4586 @dots{}
4587 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4588 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4589 @dots{}
4590 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4591 @dots{}
4592 @}
4593 @end example
4594
4595 @noindent
4596 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4597 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4598
4599 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4600 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4601
4602 @itemize @bullet
4603 @item
4604 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4605 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4606 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4607 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4608
4609 @item
4610 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4611 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4612 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4613 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4614 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4615 to Bison.
4616
4617 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4618 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4619 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4620 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4621
4622 @smallexample
4623 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4624 @{
4625 if (yytname[i] != 0
4626 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4627 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4628 strlen (token_buffer))
4629 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4630 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4631 break;
4632 @}
4633 @end smallexample
4634
4635 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4636 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4637 @end itemize
4638
4639 @node Token Values
4640 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4641
4642 @vindex yylval
4643 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4644 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4645 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4646 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4647 @code{yylex}:
4648
4649 @example
4650 @group
4651 @dots{}
4652 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4653 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4654 @dots{}
4655 @end group
4656 @end example
4657
4658 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4659 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4660 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4661 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4662 declaration looks like this:
4663
4664 @example
4665 @group
4666 %union @{
4667 int intval;
4668 double val;
4669 symrec *tptr;
4670 @}
4671 @end group
4672 @end example
4673
4674 @noindent
4675 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4676
4677 @example
4678 @group
4679 @dots{}
4680 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4681 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4682 @dots{}
4683 @end group
4684 @end example
4685
4686 @node Token Locations
4687 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4688
4689 @vindex yylloc
4690 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4691 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4692 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4693 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4694 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4695 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4696
4697 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4698 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4699 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4700 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4701 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4702
4703 @tindex YYLTYPE
4704 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4705
4706 @node Pure Calling
4707 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4708
4709 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4710 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4711 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4712 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4713 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4714 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4715 pointers.
4716
4717 @example
4718 int
4719 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4720 @{
4721 @dots{}
4722 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4723 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4724 @dots{}
4725 @}
4726 @end example
4727
4728 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4729 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4730 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4731 only one argument.
4732
4733
4734 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4735 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4736 Function}).
4737
4738 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4739 @findex %lex-param
4740 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
4741 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
4742 @end deffn
4743
4744 For instance:
4745
4746 @example
4747 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4748 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4749 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4750 @end example
4751
4752 @noindent
4753 results in the following signature:
4754
4755 @example
4756 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4757 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4758 @end example
4759
4760 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4761
4762 @example
4763 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4764 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4765 @end example
4766
4767 @noindent
4768 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4769
4770 @example
4771 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4772 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4773 @end example
4774
4775 @node Error Reporting
4776 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4777 @cindex error reporting function
4778 @findex yyerror
4779 @cindex parse error
4780 @cindex syntax error
4781
4782 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4783 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4784 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4785 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4786 in Actions}).
4787
4788 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4789 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4790 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4791 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4792 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4793
4794 @findex %error-verbose
4795 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4796 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4797 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4798 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4799
4800 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4801 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4802 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4803 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4804 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4805 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4806
4807 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4808 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4809 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4810
4811 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4812
4813 @example
4814 @group
4815 void
4816 yyerror (char const *s)
4817 @{
4818 @end group
4819 @group
4820 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4821 @}
4822 @end group
4823 @end example
4824
4825 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4826 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4827 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4828 immediately return 1.
4829
4830 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4831 an access to the current location.
4832 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4833 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4834 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4835 @code{yyerror} are:
4836
4837 @example
4838 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4839 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4840 @end example
4841
4842 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4843
4844 @example
4845 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4846 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4847 @end example
4848
4849 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4850 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4851 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4852 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4853
4854 @example
4855 /* Location tracking. */
4856 %locations
4857 /* Pure yylex. */
4858 %pure-parser
4859 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4860 /* Pure yyparse. */
4861 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4862 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4863 @end example
4864
4865 @noindent
4866 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4867
4868 @example
4869 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4870 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4871 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4872 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4873 char const *msg);
4874 @end example
4875
4876 @noindent
4877 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4878 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4879 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4880 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4881 message is always passed last.
4882
4883 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4884 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4885 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4886 @code{yyerror}.
4887
4888 @vindex yynerrs
4889 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4890 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4891 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4892 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4893
4894 @node Action Features
4895 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4896 @cindex summary, action features
4897 @cindex action features summary
4898
4899 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4900 are useful in actions.
4901
4902 @deffn {Variable} $$
4903 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4904 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4905 @end deffn
4906
4907 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4908 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4909 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4910 @end deffn
4911
4912 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4913 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4914 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4915 Types of Values in Actions}.
4916 @end deffn
4917
4918 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4919 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4920 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4921 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4922 @end deffn
4923
4924 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4925 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4926 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4927 @end deffn
4928
4929 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4930 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4931 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4932 @end deffn
4933
4934 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4935 @findex YYBACKUP
4936 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4937 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
4938 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4939 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
4940 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4941 going to be reduced by this rule.
4942
4943 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4944 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4945 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4946 recovery.
4947
4948 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4949 @end deffn
4950
4951 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4952 @vindex YYEMPTY
4953 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
4954 @end deffn
4955
4956 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
4957 @vindex YYEOF
4958 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
4959 stream.
4960 @end deffn
4961
4962 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4963 @findex YYERROR
4964 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4965 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4966 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4967 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4968 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4969 @end deffn
4970
4971 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4972 @findex YYRECOVERING
4973 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
4974 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
4975 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4976 @end deffn
4977
4978 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4979 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
4980 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
4981 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
4982 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4983 Actions}).
4984 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
4985 @end deffn
4986
4987 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4988 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
4989 error rules.
4990 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
4991 Semantic Actions}).
4992 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4993 @end deffn
4994
4995 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4996 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4997 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4998 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4999 @end deffn
5000
5001 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
5002 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
5003 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5004 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5005 Actions}).
5006 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
5007 @end deffn
5008
5009 @deffn {Variable} yylval
5010 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
5011 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5012 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5013 Actions}).
5014 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
5015 @end deffn
5016
5017 @deffn {Value} @@$
5018 @findex @@$
5019 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5020 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5021 Tracking Locations}.
5022
5023 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
5024
5025 @c @example
5026 @c struct @{
5027 @c int first_line, last_line;
5028 @c int first_column, last_column;
5029 @c @};
5030 @c @end example
5031
5032 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
5033 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
5034
5035 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
5036 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
5037 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
5038 @c those members.
5039
5040 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5041 @end deffn
5042
5043 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
5044 @findex @@@var{n}
5045 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5046 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5047 Tracking Locations}.
5048 @end deffn
5049
5050 @node Internationalization
5051 @section Parser Internationalization
5052 @cindex internationalization
5053 @cindex i18n
5054 @cindex NLS
5055 @cindex gettext
5056 @cindex bison-po
5057
5058 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
5059 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
5060 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
5061 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
5062 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
5063 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
5064 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5065 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5066 installation.
5067
5068 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5069 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5070 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5071 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5072
5073 @enumerate
5074 @item
5075 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5076 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5077 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5078 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5079 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5080 For example:
5081
5082 @example
5083 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5084 @end example
5085
5086 @item
5087 @findex BISON_I18N
5088 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5089 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5090 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5091 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5092 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5093 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5094 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5095 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5096 Bison-generated parser.
5097
5098 @item
5099 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5100 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5101 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5102 For example:
5103
5104 @example
5105 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5106 @end example
5107
5108 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5109 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5110 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5111 @file{Makefile}.
5112
5113 @item
5114 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5115 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5116 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5117
5118 @example
5119 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5120 @end example
5121
5122 or:
5123
5124 @example
5125 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5126 @end example
5127
5128 @item
5129 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5130 infrastructure.
5131 @end enumerate
5132
5133
5134 @node Algorithm
5135 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5136 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5137 @cindex algorithm of parser
5138 @cindex shifting
5139 @cindex reduction
5140 @cindex parser stack
5141 @cindex stack, parser
5142
5143 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5144 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5145 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5146
5147 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5148 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5149 that was shifted.
5150
5151 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5152 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5153 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5154 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5155 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5156 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5157 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5158
5159 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5160
5161 @example
5162 1 + 5 * 3
5163 @end example
5164
5165 @noindent
5166 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5167 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5168
5169 @example
5170 expr: expr '*' expr;
5171 @end example
5172
5173 @noindent
5174 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5175
5176 @example
5177 1 + 15
5178 @end example
5179
5180 @noindent
5181 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5182 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5183
5184 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5185 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5186 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5187
5188 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5189
5190 @menu
5191 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5192 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5193 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5194 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5195 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5196 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5197 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5198 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5199 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5200 @end menu
5201
5202 @node Lookahead
5203 @section Lookahead Tokens
5204 @cindex lookahead token
5205
5206 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5207 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5208 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5209 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5210 token in order to decide what to do.
5211
5212 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5213 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5214 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5215 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5216 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5217 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5218 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5219 application.
5220
5221 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
5222 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5223 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5224
5225 @example
5226 @group
5227 expr: term '+' expr
5228 | term
5229 ;
5230 @end group
5231
5232 @group
5233 term: '(' expr ')'
5234 | term '!'
5235 | NUMBER
5236 ;
5237 @end group
5238 @end example
5239
5240 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5241 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5242 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5243 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5244 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5245
5246 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5247 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5248 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5249 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5250 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5251 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5252
5253 @vindex yychar
5254 @vindex yylval
5255 @vindex yylloc
5256 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5257 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5258 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5259 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5260
5261 @node Shift/Reduce
5262 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5263 @cindex conflicts
5264 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5265 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5266 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5267
5268 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5269 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5270
5271 @example
5272 @group
5273 if_stmt:
5274 IF expr THEN stmt
5275 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5276 ;
5277 @end group
5278 @end example
5279
5280 @noindent
5281 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5282 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5283
5284 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
5285 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5286 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5287 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5288 rule.
5289
5290 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5291 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5292 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5293 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5294 contrast it with the other alternative.
5295
5296 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5297 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5298 equivalent:
5299
5300 @example
5301 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5302
5303 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5304 @end example
5305
5306 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5307 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5308 making these two inputs equivalent:
5309
5310 @example
5311 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5312
5313 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5314 @end example
5315
5316 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5317 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5318 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5319 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5320 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5321 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5322 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5323 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5324
5325 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5326 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5327 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5328 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5329
5330 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5331 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5332 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5333 conflict:
5334
5335 @example
5336 @group
5337 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5338 %%
5339 @end group
5340 @group
5341 stmt: expr
5342 | if_stmt
5343 ;
5344 @end group
5345
5346 @group
5347 if_stmt:
5348 IF expr THEN stmt
5349 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5350 ;
5351 @end group
5352
5353 expr: variable
5354 ;
5355 @end example
5356
5357 @node Precedence
5358 @section Operator Precedence
5359 @cindex operator precedence
5360 @cindex precedence of operators
5361
5362 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5363 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5364 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5365 shift and when to reduce.
5366
5367 @menu
5368 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5369 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5370 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5371 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5372 @end menu
5373
5374 @node Why Precedence
5375 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5376
5377 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5378 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5379
5380 @example
5381 @group
5382 expr: expr '-' expr
5383 | expr '*' expr
5384 | expr '<' expr
5385 | '(' expr ')'
5386 @dots{}
5387 ;
5388 @end group
5389 @end example
5390
5391 @noindent
5392 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5393 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5394 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5395 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5396 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5397 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5398 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5399 different results.
5400
5401 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5402 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5403 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5404 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5405 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5406 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5407 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5408 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5409 @samp{<}.
5410
5411 @cindex associativity
5412 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5413 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5414 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5415 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5416 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5417 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5418 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5419 makes right-associativity.
5420
5421 @node Using Precedence
5422 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5423 @findex %left
5424 @findex %right
5425 @findex %nonassoc
5426
5427 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5428 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5429 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5430 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5431 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5432 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5433 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5434 row''.
5435
5436 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5437 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5438 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5439 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5440 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5441
5442 @node Precedence Examples
5443 @subsection Precedence Examples
5444
5445 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5446
5447 @example
5448 %left '<'
5449 %left '-'
5450 %left '*'
5451 @end example
5452
5453 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5454 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5455 declared with @code{'-'}:
5456
5457 @example
5458 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5459 %left '+' '-'
5460 %left '*' '/'
5461 @end example
5462
5463 @noindent
5464 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5465 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5466 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5467
5468 @node How Precedence
5469 @subsection How Precedence Works
5470
5471 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5472 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5473 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5474 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5475 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5476 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5477
5478 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5479 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
5480 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5481 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5482 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5483 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5484 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5485 resolved.
5486
5487 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5488 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5489
5490 @node Contextual Precedence
5491 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5492 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5493 @cindex unary operator precedence
5494 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5495 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5496 @findex %prec
5497
5498 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5499 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5500 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5501 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5502
5503 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5504 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5505 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5506 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5507 modifier for rules.
5508
5509 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5510 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5511 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5512 modifier's syntax is:
5513
5514 @example
5515 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5516 @end example
5517
5518 @noindent
5519 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5520 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5521 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5522 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5523 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5524
5525 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5526 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5527 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5528 precedence:
5529
5530 @example
5531 @dots{}
5532 %left '+' '-'
5533 %left '*'
5534 %left UMINUS
5535 @end example
5536
5537 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5538
5539 @example
5540 @group
5541 exp: @dots{}
5542 | exp '-' exp
5543 @dots{}
5544 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5545 @end group
5546 @end example
5547
5548 @ifset defaultprec
5549 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5550 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5551 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5552 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5553
5554 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5555 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5556 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5557 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5558
5559 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5560 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5561 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5562 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5563 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5564 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5565
5566 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5567 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5568 @end ifset
5569
5570 @node Parser States
5571 @section Parser States
5572 @cindex finite-state machine
5573 @cindex parser state
5574 @cindex state (of parser)
5575
5576 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5577 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5578 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5579 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5580 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5581
5582 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
5583 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5584 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
5585 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5586 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5587 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5588 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5589 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5590 pushed.
5591
5592 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
5593 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5594 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5595
5596 @node Reduce/Reduce
5597 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5598 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5599 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5600
5601 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5602 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5603 in the grammar.
5604
5605 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5606 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5607
5608 @example
5609 sequence: /* empty */
5610 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5611 | maybeword
5612 | sequence word
5613 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5614 ;
5615
5616 maybeword: /* empty */
5617 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5618 | word
5619 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5620 ;
5621 @end example
5622
5623 @noindent
5624 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5625 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5626 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5627 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5628 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5629 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5630
5631 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5632 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5633 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5634
5635 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5636 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5637 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5638 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5639 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5640
5641 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5642 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5643 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5644 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5645
5646 @example
5647 sequence: /* empty */
5648 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5649 | sequence word
5650 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5651 ;
5652 @end example
5653
5654 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5655
5656 @example
5657 sequence: /* empty */
5658 | sequence words
5659 | sequence redirects
5660 ;
5661
5662 words: /* empty */
5663 | words word
5664 ;
5665
5666 redirects:/* empty */
5667 | redirects redirect
5668 ;
5669 @end example
5670
5671 @noindent
5672 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5673 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5674 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5675 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5676 in infinitely many ways!
5677
5678 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5679 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5680 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5681 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5682
5683 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5684 of sequence:
5685
5686 @example
5687 sequence: /* empty */
5688 | sequence word
5689 | sequence redirect
5690 ;
5691 @end example
5692
5693 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5694 from being empty:
5695
5696 @example
5697 sequence: /* empty */
5698 | sequence words
5699 | sequence redirects
5700 ;
5701
5702 words: word
5703 | words word
5704 ;
5705
5706 redirects:redirect
5707 | redirects redirect
5708 ;
5709 @end example
5710
5711 @node Mystery Conflicts
5712 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5713
5714 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5715 Here is an example:
5716
5717 @example
5718 @group
5719 %token ID
5720
5721 %%
5722 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5723 ;
5724 param_spec:
5725 type
5726 | name_list ':' type
5727 ;
5728 @end group
5729 @group
5730 return_spec:
5731 type
5732 | name ':' type
5733 ;
5734 @end group
5735 @group
5736 type: ID
5737 ;
5738 @end group
5739 @group
5740 name: ID
5741 ;
5742 name_list:
5743 name
5744 | name ',' name_list
5745 ;
5746 @end group
5747 @end example
5748
5749 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5750 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5751 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5752 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5753
5754 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5755 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5756 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5757 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5758 an @code{ID}
5759 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5760 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5761 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5762 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5763 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5764 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
5765 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5766 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5767 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5768
5769 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5770 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5771 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5772 and tend to
5773 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5774 as it is now.
5775
5776 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5777 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5778 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5779 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5780
5781 @example
5782 @group
5783 %token BOGUS
5784 @dots{}
5785 %%
5786 @dots{}
5787 return_spec:
5788 type
5789 | name ':' type
5790 /* This rule is never used. */
5791 | ID BOGUS
5792 ;
5793 @end group
5794 @end example
5795
5796 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5797 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5798 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5799 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5800 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5801 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5802
5803 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5804 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5805 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5806 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5807 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5808 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5809
5810 @example
5811 param_spec:
5812 type
5813 | name_list ':' type
5814 ;
5815 return_spec:
5816 type
5817 | ID ':' type
5818 ;
5819 @end example
5820
5821 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5822 generators, please see:
5823 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5824 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5825 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5826 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5827
5828 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5829 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5830 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5831 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5832 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5833 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
5834
5835 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5836 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5837 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
5838 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5839 context-free languages.
5840 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5841 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5842 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5843 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5844 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5845 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5846 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5847 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5848
5849 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5850 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5851 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5852 parser uses the same basic
5853 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5854 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5855 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5856 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5857 situation, it
5858 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5859 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5860 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5861 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5862 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5863
5864 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5865 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5866 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5867 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5868 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5869 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5870 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5871 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5872 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5873 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5874 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5875 stream.
5876
5877 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5878 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5879 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5880 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5881 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5882 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5883 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5884 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5885 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5886 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5887 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5888 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5889
5890 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5891 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5892 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5893 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5894 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5895 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5896 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5897 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5898 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
5899 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5900 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5901 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5902 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5903 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5904 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5905 Bison parser.
5906
5907 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5908 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5909 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5910 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5911 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5912 (2000-12-24).
5913
5914 @node Memory Management
5915 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5916 @cindex memory exhaustion
5917 @cindex memory management
5918 @cindex stack overflow
5919 @cindex parser stack overflow
5920 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5921
5922 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5923 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5924 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5925
5926 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5927 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5928 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5929
5930 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5931 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5932 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5933 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5934 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5935
5936 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5937 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5938 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5939 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5940 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5941 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5942
5943 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5944 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5945 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5946 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5947
5948 @cindex default stack limit
5949 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5950 10000.
5951
5952 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5953 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5954 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5955 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5956 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5957 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5958
5959 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5960
5961 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5962 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5963 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5964 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5965 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5966 this deficiency in a future release.
5967
5968 @node Error Recovery
5969 @chapter Error Recovery
5970 @cindex error recovery
5971 @cindex recovery from errors
5972
5973 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5974 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5975 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5976 another expression.
5977
5978 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5979 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5980 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5981 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5982 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5983 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5984 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5985
5986 @findex error
5987 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5988 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5989 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5990 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5991 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5992 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5993
5994 For example:
5995
5996 @example
5997 stmnts: /* empty string */
5998 | stmnts '\n'
5999 | stmnts exp '\n'
6000 | stmnts error '\n'
6001 @end example
6002
6003 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
6004 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
6005
6006 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
6007 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
6008 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
6009 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
6010 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
6011 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
6012 applicable in the ordinary way.
6013
6014 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
6015 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
6016 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
6017 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
6018 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
6019 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
6020 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
6021 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
6022 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
6023 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
6024 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
6025 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
6026
6027 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
6028 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
6029 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
6030
6031 @example
6032 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
6033 @end example
6034
6035 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
6036 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
6037 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
6038 spurious error message:
6039
6040 @example
6041 primary: '(' expr ')'
6042 | '(' error ')'
6043 @dots{}
6044 ;
6045 @end example
6046
6047 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
6048 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
6049 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
6050 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
6051 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
6052 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
6053 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
6054 @code{stmnt}.
6055
6056 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
6057 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
6058 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
6059 error messages resume.
6060
6061 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
6062 as any other rules can.
6063
6064 @findex yyerrok
6065 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6066 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6067 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6068 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6069
6070 @findex yyclearin
6071 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6072 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6073 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6074 action.
6075 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6076
6077 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6078 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6079 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6080 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
6081 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6082
6083 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6084 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
6085 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
6086 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
6087 error.
6088
6089 @node Context Dependency
6090 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6091
6092 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6093 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6094 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6095 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6096 languages.
6097
6098 @menu
6099 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6100 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6101 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6102 error recovery rules must be written.
6103 @end menu
6104
6105 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6106 neither clean nor robust.)
6107
6108 @node Semantic Tokens
6109 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6110
6111 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6112 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6113
6114 @example
6115 foo (x);
6116 @end example
6117
6118 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6119 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6120 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6121
6122 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6123 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6124 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6125 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6126 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6127
6128 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6129 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6130 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6131 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6132 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6133 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6134 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6135
6136 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6137 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6138 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6139 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6140 earlier:
6141
6142 @example
6143 typedef int foo, bar;
6144 int baz (void)
6145 @{
6146 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6147 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6148 return foo (bar);
6149 @}
6150 @end example
6151
6152 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6153 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6154
6155 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6156 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6157 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6158 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6159 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6160
6161 @example
6162 initdcl:
6163 declarator maybeasm '='
6164 init
6165 | declarator maybeasm
6166 ;
6167
6168 notype_initdcl:
6169 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6170 init
6171 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6172 ;
6173 @end example
6174
6175 @noindent
6176 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6177 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6178 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6179
6180 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6181 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6182 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6183 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6184 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6185 the syntactic context.
6186
6187 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6188 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6189 @cindex lexical tie-in
6190
6191 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6192 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6193 parsed.
6194
6195 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6196 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6197 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6198 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6199 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6200
6201 @example
6202 @group
6203 %@{
6204 int hexflag;
6205 int yylex (void);
6206 void yyerror (char const *);
6207 %@}
6208 %%
6209 @dots{}
6210 @end group
6211 @group
6212 expr: IDENTIFIER
6213 | constant
6214 | HEX '('
6215 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6216 expr ')'
6217 @{ hexflag = 0;
6218 $$ = $4; @}
6219 | expr '+' expr
6220 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6221 @dots{}
6222 ;
6223 @end group
6224
6225 @group
6226 constant:
6227 INTEGER
6228 | STRING
6229 ;
6230 @end group
6231 @end example
6232
6233 @noindent
6234 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6235 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6236 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6237
6238 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6239 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6240 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6241
6242 @node Tie-in Recovery
6243 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6244
6245 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6246 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6247
6248 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6249 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6250 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6251 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6252
6253 @example
6254 stmt: expr ';'
6255 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6256 @dots{}
6257 error ';'
6258 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6259 ;
6260 @end example
6261
6262 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6263 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6264 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6265 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6266 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6267
6268 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6269
6270 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6271 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6272 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6273
6274 @example
6275 @group
6276 expr: @dots{}
6277 | '(' expr ')'
6278 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6279 | '(' error ')'
6280 @dots{}
6281 @end group
6282 @end example
6283
6284 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6285 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6286 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6287 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6288
6289 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6290 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6291 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6292 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6293 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6294 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6295 clear the flag.
6296
6297 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6298
6299 @node Debugging
6300 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6301
6302 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6303 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6304 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6305 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6306 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6307 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6308
6309 @menu
6310 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6311 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6312 @end menu
6313
6314 @node Understanding
6315 @section Understanding Your Parser
6316
6317 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6318 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6319 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6320 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6321 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6322 file).
6323
6324 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6325 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6326 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6327 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6328 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6329 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6330 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6331
6332 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6333
6334 @example
6335 %token NUM STR
6336 %left '+' '-'
6337 %left '*'
6338 %%
6339 exp: exp '+' exp
6340 | exp '-' exp
6341 | exp '*' exp
6342 | exp '/' exp
6343 | NUM
6344 ;
6345 useless: STR;
6346 %%
6347 @end example
6348
6349 @command{bison} reports:
6350
6351 @example
6352 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6353 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6354 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6355 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6356 @end example
6357
6358 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6359 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6360 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6361 interpretation is the same.
6362
6363 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6364 to precedence and/or associativity:
6365
6366 @example
6367 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6368 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6369 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6370 @exdent @dots{}
6371 @end example
6372
6373 @noindent
6374 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6375
6376 @example
6377 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6378 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6379 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6380 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6381 @end example
6382
6383 @noindent
6384 @cindex token, useless
6385 @cindex useless token
6386 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6387 @cindex useless nonterminal
6388 @cindex rule, useless
6389 @cindex useless rule
6390 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6391 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6392 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6393 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6394 below):
6395
6396 @example
6397 Useless nonterminals:
6398 useless
6399
6400 Terminals which are not used:
6401 STR
6402
6403 Useless rules:
6404 #6 useless: STR;
6405 @end example
6406
6407 @noindent
6408 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6409
6410 @example
6411 Grammar
6412
6413 Number, Line, Rule
6414 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6415 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6416 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6417 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6418 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6419 5 9 exp -> NUM
6420 @end example
6421
6422 @noindent
6423 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6424
6425 @example
6426 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6427
6428 $end (0) 0
6429 '*' (42) 3
6430 '+' (43) 1
6431 '-' (45) 2
6432 '/' (47) 4
6433 error (256)
6434 NUM (258) 5
6435
6436 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6437
6438 $accept (8)
6439 on left: 0
6440 exp (9)
6441 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6442 @end example
6443
6444 @noindent
6445 @cindex item
6446 @cindex pointed rule
6447 @cindex rule, pointed
6448 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6449 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6450 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6451 that the input cursor.
6452
6453 @example
6454 state 0
6455
6456 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6457
6458 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6459
6460 exp go to state 2
6461 @end example
6462
6463 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6464 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6465 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6466 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6467 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6468 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6469 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6470 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
6471
6472 @cindex core, item set
6473 @cindex item set core
6474 @cindex kernel, item set
6475 @cindex item set core
6476 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6477 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6478 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6479 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6480 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6481 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6482 be derived:
6483
6484 @example
6485 state 0
6486
6487 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6488 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6489 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6490 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6491 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6492 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6493
6494 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6495
6496 exp go to state 2
6497 @end example
6498
6499 @noindent
6500 In the state 1...
6501
6502 @example
6503 state 1
6504
6505 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6506
6507 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6508 @end example
6509
6510 @noindent
6511 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
6512 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6513 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6514 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6515
6516 @example
6517 state 2
6518
6519 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6520 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6521 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6522 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6523 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6524
6525 $ shift, and go to state 3
6526 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6527 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6528 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6529 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6530 @end example
6531
6532 @noindent
6533 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6534 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
6535 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6536 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6537 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6538 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6539
6540 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6541 state}:
6542
6543 @example
6544 state 3
6545
6546 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6547
6548 $default accept
6549 @end example
6550
6551 @noindent
6552 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6553 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6554
6555 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6556 the reader.
6557
6558 @example
6559 state 4
6560
6561 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6562
6563 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6564
6565 exp go to state 8
6566
6567 state 5
6568
6569 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6570
6571 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6572
6573 exp go to state 9
6574
6575 state 6
6576
6577 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6578
6579 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6580
6581 exp go to state 10
6582
6583 state 7
6584
6585 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6586
6587 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6588
6589 exp go to state 11
6590 @end example
6591
6592 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6593 1 shift/reduce}:
6594
6595 @example
6596 state 8
6597
6598 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6599 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6600 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6601 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6602 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6603
6604 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6605 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6606
6607 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6608 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6609 @end example
6610
6611 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
6612 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6613 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6614 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6615 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6616 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6617 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6618 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6619
6620 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6621 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6622 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6623 square brackets.
6624
6625 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6626 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6627 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6628 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6629 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6630 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6631 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6632 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6633 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6634 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6635 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
6636 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
6637
6638 @example
6639 state 8
6640
6641 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6642 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6643 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6644 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6645 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6646
6647 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6648 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6649
6650 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6651 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6652 @end example
6653
6654 The remaining states are similar:
6655
6656 @example
6657 state 9
6658
6659 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6660 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6661 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6662 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6663 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6664
6665 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6666 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6667
6668 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6669 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6670
6671 state 10
6672
6673 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6674 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6675 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6676 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6677 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6678
6679 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6680
6681 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6682 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6683
6684 state 11
6685
6686 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6687 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6688 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6689 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6690 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6691
6692 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6693 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6694 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6695 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6696
6697 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6698 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6699 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6700 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6701 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6702 @end example
6703
6704 @noindent
6705 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6706 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6707 @samp{*}, but also because the
6708 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6709
6710
6711 @node Tracing
6712 @section Tracing Your Parser
6713 @findex yydebug
6714 @cindex debugging
6715 @cindex tracing the parser
6716
6717 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6718 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6719
6720 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6721
6722 @table @asis
6723 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6724 @findex YYDEBUG
6725 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6726 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6727 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6728 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6729 Prologue}).
6730
6731 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6732 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6733 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6734
6735 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6736 @findex %debug
6737 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6738 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6739 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6740 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6741 you, this is
6742 the preferred solution.
6743 @end table
6744
6745 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6746 always possible.
6747
6748 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6749 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6750 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6751 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6752 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6753 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6754
6755 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6756 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6757 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6758 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6759
6760 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6761 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6762 messages tell you these things:
6763
6764 @itemize @bullet
6765 @item
6766 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6767
6768 @item
6769 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6770 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6771
6772 @item
6773 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6774 of the state stack afterward.
6775 @end itemize
6776
6777 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6778 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6779 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6780 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6781 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6782 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6783 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6784 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6785 grammar are to blame.
6786
6787 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6788 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6789 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6790 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6791 the grammar it is working.
6792
6793 @findex YYPRINT
6794 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6795 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6796 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6797 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6798 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6799 value (from @code{yylval}).
6800
6801 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6802 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6803
6804 @smallexample
6805 %@{
6806 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6807 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6808 %@}
6809
6810 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6811
6812 static void
6813 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6814 @{
6815 if (type == VAR)
6816 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6817 else if (type == NUM)
6818 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6819 @}
6820 @end smallexample
6821
6822 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6823
6824 @node Invocation
6825 @chapter Invoking Bison
6826 @cindex invoking Bison
6827 @cindex Bison invocation
6828 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6829
6830 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6831
6832 @example
6833 bison @var{infile}
6834 @end example
6835
6836 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6837 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6838 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6839 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6840 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6841 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6842 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6843 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6844 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6845 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6846 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6847 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6848
6849 For example :
6850
6851 @example
6852 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6853 @end example
6854 @noindent
6855 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6856
6857 @example
6858 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6859 @end example
6860 @noindent
6861 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6862
6863 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6864 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6865 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6866
6867 @menu
6868 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6869 in alphabetical order by short options.
6870 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6871 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6872 @end menu
6873
6874 @node Bison Options
6875 @section Bison Options
6876
6877 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6878 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6879 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6880 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6881 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6882 @samp{=}.
6883
6884 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6885 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6886 option.
6887
6888 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6889 @noindent
6890 Operations modes:
6891 @table @option
6892 @item -h
6893 @itemx --help
6894 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6895
6896 @item -V
6897 @itemx --version
6898 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6899
6900 @item --print-localedir
6901 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6902
6903 @item -y
6904 @itemx --yacc
6905 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
6906 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
6907 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
6908 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
6909 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6910 @file{y.tab.h}.
6911 Also, if generating an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser in C, generate @code{#define}
6912 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
6913 names.
6914 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
6915 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6916
6917 @example
6918 #! /bin/sh
6919 bison -y "$@@"
6920 @end example
6921
6922 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
6923 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
6924 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
6925 this option is specified.
6926
6927 @end table
6928
6929 @noindent
6930 Tuning the parser:
6931
6932 @table @option
6933 @item -S @var{file}
6934 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6935 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6936 you are developing Bison.
6937
6938 @item -t
6939 @itemx --debug
6940 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6941 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6942 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6943
6944 @item --locations
6945 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6946
6947 @item -p @var{prefix}
6948 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6949 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6950 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6951
6952 @item -l
6953 @itemx --no-lines
6954 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6955 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6956 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6957 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6958 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6959
6960 @item -n
6961 @itemx --no-parser
6962 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6963
6964 @item -k
6965 @itemx --token-table
6966 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6967 @end table
6968
6969 @noindent
6970 Adjust the output:
6971
6972 @table @option
6973 @item -d
6974 @itemx --defines
6975 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6976 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6977 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6978
6979 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6980 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6981
6982 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6983 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6984 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6985 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6986
6987 @item -r @var{things}
6988 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6989 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6990 separated list of @var{things} among:
6991
6992 @table @code
6993 @item state
6994 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6995 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6996
6997 @item lookahead
6998 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6999 each rule's lookahead set.
7000
7001 @item itemset
7002 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7003 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
7004 @end table
7005
7006 @item -v
7007 @itemx --verbose
7008 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
7009 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
7010 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7011
7012 @item -o @var{file}
7013 @itemx --output=@var{file}
7014 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
7015
7016 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
7017 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
7018
7019 @item -g
7020 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
7021 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
7022 @acronym{VCG} output file will
7023 be @file{foo.vcg}.
7024
7025 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
7026 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
7027 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
7028 the output graph file.
7029 @end table
7030
7031 @node Option Cross Key
7032 @section Option Cross Key
7033
7034 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
7035 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
7036 the corresponding short option.
7037
7038 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
7039 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
7040 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
7041 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7042 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
7043 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7044 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
7045 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
7046 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
7047 @item @option{--no-parser} @tab @option{-n}
7048 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
7049 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
7050 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
7051 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
7052 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
7053 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
7054 @end multitable
7055
7056 @node Yacc Library
7057 @section Yacc Library
7058
7059 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7060 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7061 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7062 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7063 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7064 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7065 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7066
7067 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7068 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7069
7070 @example
7071 int yyerror (char const *);
7072 @end example
7073
7074 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7075 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7076 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7077
7078 @example
7079 int yyparse (void);
7080 @end example
7081
7082 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7083
7084 @node C++ Language Interface
7085 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7086
7087 @menu
7088 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7089 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7090 @end menu
7091
7092 @node C++ Parsers
7093 @section C++ Parsers
7094
7095 @menu
7096 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7097 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7098 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7099 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7100 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7101 @end menu
7102
7103 @node C++ Bison Interface
7104 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7105 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7106 @c - Always pure
7107 @c - initial action
7108
7109 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To
7110 select it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc}
7111 to Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7112 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7113 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
7114 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The
7115 various classes are generated in the following files:
7116
7117 @table @file
7118 @item position.hh
7119 @itemx location.hh
7120 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7121 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7122
7123 @item stack.hh
7124 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7125
7126 @item @var{file}.hh
7127 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7128 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
7129 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
7130 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
7131 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
7132
7133 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
7134 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7135 @samp{%defines} directive.
7136 @end table
7137
7138 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7139 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7140
7141 @node C++ Semantic Values
7142 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7143 @c - No objects in unions
7144 @c - YSTYPE
7145 @c - Printer and destructor
7146
7147 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7148 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7149 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7150 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7151 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7152 @itemize @minus
7153 @item
7154 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7155 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7156 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7157 @item
7158 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7159 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7160 to such objects are allowed.
7161 @end itemize
7162
7163 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7164 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7165 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7166 Symbols}.
7167
7168
7169 @node C++ Location Values
7170 @subsection C++ Location Values
7171 @c - %locations
7172 @c - class Position
7173 @c - class Location
7174 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7175
7176 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7177 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7178 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7179 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7180 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7181
7182 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7183 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7184 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7185 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7186 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7187 @end deftypemethod
7188
7189 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7190 The line, starting at 1.
7191 @end deftypemethod
7192
7193 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7194 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7195 @end deftypemethod
7196
7197 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7198 The column, starting at 0.
7199 @end deftypemethod
7200
7201 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7202 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7203 @end deftypemethod
7204
7205 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7206 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7207 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7208 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7209 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7210 @end deftypemethod
7211
7212 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7213 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7214 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7215 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7216 @end deftypemethod
7217
7218 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7219 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7220 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7221 @end deftypemethod
7222
7223 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7224 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7225 Advance the @code{end} position.
7226 @end deftypemethod
7227
7228 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7229 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7230 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7231 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7232 @end deftypemethod
7233
7234 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7235 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7236 @end deftypemethod
7237
7238
7239 @node C++ Parser Interface
7240 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7241 @c - define parser_class_name
7242 @c - Ctor
7243 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7244 @c debug_stream.
7245 @c - Reporting errors
7246
7247 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7248 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7249 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7250 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7251 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7252 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7253 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7254 additional argument for its constructor.
7255
7256 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7257 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7258 The types for semantics value and locations.
7259 @end defcv
7260
7261 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7262 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7263 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7264 @end deftypemethod
7265
7266 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7267 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7268 @end deftypemethod
7269
7270 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7271 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7272 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7273 @code{std::cerr}.
7274 @end deftypemethod
7275
7276 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7277 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7278 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7279 or nonzero, full tracing.
7280 @end deftypemethod
7281
7282 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7283 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7284 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7285 described by @var{m}.
7286 @end deftypemethod
7287
7288
7289 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7290 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7291 @c - prefix for yylex.
7292 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7293 @c - %lex-param
7294
7295 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7296 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7297 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7298
7299 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7300 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7301 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7302 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7303 @end deftypemethod
7304
7305
7306 @node A Complete C++ Example
7307 @section A Complete C++ Example
7308
7309 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7310 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7311 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7312 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7313 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7314 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7315 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7316 actually easier to interface with.
7317
7318 @menu
7319 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7320 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7321 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7322 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7323 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7324 @end menu
7325
7326 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7327 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7328
7329 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7330 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7331 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7332 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7333 of valid input follows.
7334
7335 @example
7336 three := 3
7337 seven := one + two * three
7338 seven * seven
7339 @end example
7340
7341 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7342 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7343 @c - An env
7344 @c - A place to store error messages
7345 @c - A place for the result
7346
7347 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7348 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7349 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7350 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7351 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7352 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7353 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7354
7355 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7356 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7357 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7358 class.
7359
7360 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7361 @example
7362 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7363 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7364 # include <string>
7365 # include <map>
7366 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7367 @end example
7368
7369
7370 @noindent
7371 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7372 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7373 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7374 factor both as follows.
7375
7376 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7377 @example
7378 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7379 # define YY_DECL \
7380 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7381 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7382 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7383 calcxx_driver& driver)
7384 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7385 YY_DECL;
7386 @end example
7387
7388 @noindent
7389 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7390 members.
7391
7392 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7393 @example
7394 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7395 class calcxx_driver
7396 @{
7397 public:
7398 calcxx_driver ();
7399 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7400
7401 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7402
7403 int result;
7404 @end example
7405
7406 @noindent
7407 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7408 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7409 members.
7410
7411 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7412 @example
7413 // Handling the scanner.
7414 void scan_begin ();
7415 void scan_end ();
7416 bool trace_scanning;
7417 @end example
7418
7419 @noindent
7420 Similarly for the parser itself.
7421
7422 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7423 @example
7424 // Handling the parser.
7425 void parse (const std::string& f);
7426 std::string file;
7427 bool trace_parsing;
7428 @end example
7429
7430 @noindent
7431 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7432 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7433 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7434 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7435
7436 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7437 @example
7438 // Error handling.
7439 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7440 void error (const std::string& m);
7441 @};
7442 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7443 @end example
7444
7445 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7446 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7447 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7448 messages and set error state.
7449
7450 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7451 @example
7452 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7453 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7454
7455 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7456 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7457 @{
7458 variables["one"] = 1;
7459 variables["two"] = 2;
7460 @}
7461
7462 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7463 @{
7464 @}
7465
7466 void
7467 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7468 @{
7469 file = f;
7470 scan_begin ();
7471 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7472 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7473 parser.parse ();
7474 scan_end ();
7475 @}
7476
7477 void
7478 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7479 @{
7480 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7481 @}
7482
7483 void
7484 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7485 @{
7486 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7487 @}
7488 @end example
7489
7490 @node Calc++ Parser
7491 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7492
7493 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7494 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7495 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7496 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7497 the grammar for.
7498
7499 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7500 @example
7501 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7502 %require "2.1a"
7503 %defines
7504 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7505 @end example
7506
7507 @noindent
7508 @findex %start-header
7509 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7510 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7511 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7512 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7513 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7514 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7515 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
7516
7517 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7518 @example
7519 %start-header @{
7520 # include <string>
7521 class calcxx_driver;
7522 @}
7523 @end example
7524
7525 @noindent
7526 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7527 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7528 global variables.
7529
7530 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7531 @example
7532 // The parsing context.
7533 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7534 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7535 @end example
7536
7537 @noindent
7538 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7539 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7540 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7541 automatically propagated.
7542
7543 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7544 @example
7545 %locations
7546 %initial-action
7547 @{
7548 // Initialize the initial location.
7549 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7550 @};
7551 @end example
7552
7553 @noindent
7554 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7555 error messages.
7556
7557 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7558 @example
7559 %debug
7560 %error-verbose
7561 @end example
7562
7563 @noindent
7564 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7565 them.
7566
7567 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7568 @example
7569 // Symbols.
7570 %union
7571 @{
7572 int ival;
7573 std::string *sval;
7574 @};
7575 @end example
7576
7577 @noindent
7578 @findex %after-header
7579 The code between @samp{%after-header @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
7580 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
7581
7582 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7583 @example
7584 %after-header @{
7585 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7586 @}
7587 @end example
7588
7589
7590 @noindent
7591 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7592 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7593 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7594 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7595 avoid name clashes.
7596
7597 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7598 @example
7599 %token END 0 "end of file"
7600 %token ASSIGN ":="
7601 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7602 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7603 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7604 @end example
7605
7606 @noindent
7607 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7608 @code{%destructor}.
7609
7610 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7611 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7612 @example
7613 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7614 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7615
7616 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7617 @end example
7618
7619 @noindent
7620 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7621
7622 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7623 @example
7624 %%
7625 %start unit;
7626 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7627
7628 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7629 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7630
7631 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7632
7633 %left '+' '-';
7634 %left '*' '/';
7635 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7636 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7637 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7638 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7639 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7640 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7641 %%
7642 @end example
7643
7644 @noindent
7645 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7646 driver.
7647
7648 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7649 @example
7650 void
7651 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7652 const std::string& m)
7653 @{
7654 driver.error (l, m);
7655 @}
7656 @end example
7657
7658 @node Calc++ Scanner
7659 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7660
7661 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7662 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7663
7664 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7665 @example
7666 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7667 # include <cstdlib>
7668 # include <errno.h>
7669 # include <limits.h>
7670 # include <string>
7671 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7672 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7673
7674 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
7675 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
7676 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
7677 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
7678 # undef yywrap
7679 # define yywrap() 1
7680
7681 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
7682 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
7683 not of token_type. */
7684 #define yyterminate() return token::END
7685 %@}
7686 @end example
7687
7688 @noindent
7689 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7690 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7691 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7692 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7693
7694 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7695 @example
7696 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7697 @end example
7698
7699 @noindent
7700 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7701
7702 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7703 @example
7704 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7705 int [0-9]+
7706 blank [ \t]
7707 @end example
7708
7709 @noindent
7710 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7711 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7712 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7713 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7714 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7715 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7716 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7717
7718 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7719 @example
7720 %@{
7721 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7722 %@}
7723 %%
7724 %@{
7725 yylloc->step ();
7726 %@}
7727 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7728 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7729 @end example
7730
7731 @noindent
7732 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7733 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7734 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7735 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
7736
7737 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7738 @example
7739 %@{
7740 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7741 %@}
7742 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
7743 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
7744 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7745 @{int@} @{
7746 errno = 0;
7747 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7748 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7749 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7750 yylval->ival = n;
7751 return token::NUMBER;
7752 @}
7753 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7754 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7755 %%
7756 @end example
7757
7758 @noindent
7759 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7760 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7761
7762 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7763 @example
7764 void
7765 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7766 @{
7767 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7768 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7769 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7770 @}
7771
7772 void
7773 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7774 @{
7775 fclose (yyin);
7776 @}
7777 @end example
7778
7779 @node Calc++ Top Level
7780 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7781
7782 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7783
7784 @comment file: calc++.cc
7785 @example
7786 #include <iostream>
7787 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7788
7789 int
7790 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7791 @{
7792 calcxx_driver driver;
7793 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7794 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7795 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7796 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7797 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7798 else
7799 @{
7800 driver.parse (*argv);
7801 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7802 @}
7803 @}
7804 @end example
7805
7806 @c ================================================= FAQ
7807
7808 @node FAQ
7809 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7810 @cindex frequently asked questions
7811 @cindex questions
7812
7813 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7814 are addressed.
7815
7816 @menu
7817 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7818 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7819 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7820 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7821 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
7822 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
7823 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
7824 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
7825 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
7826 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
7827 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
7828 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
7829 @end menu
7830
7831 @node Memory Exhausted
7832 @section Memory Exhausted
7833
7834 @display
7835 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7836 message. What can I do?
7837 @end display
7838
7839 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7840 ,Recursive Rules}.
7841
7842 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7843 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7844
7845 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7846 following typical questions:
7847
7848 @display
7849 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7850 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7851 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7852 @end display
7853
7854 @noindent
7855 or
7856
7857 @display
7858 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7859 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7860 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7861 @end display
7862
7863 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7864 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7865 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7866 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7867 @file{first-line.l}:
7868
7869 @verbatim
7870 %{
7871 #include <stdio.h>
7872 #include <stdlib.h>
7873 %}
7874 %%
7875 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7876 %%
7877 int
7878 yyparse (char const *file)
7879 {
7880 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7881 if (!yyin)
7882 exit (2);
7883 /* One token only. */
7884 yylex ();
7885 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7886 exit (3);
7887 return 0;
7888 }
7889
7890 int
7891 main (void)
7892 {
7893 yyparse ("input");
7894 yyparse ("input");
7895 return 0;
7896 }
7897 @end verbatim
7898
7899 @noindent
7900 If the file @file{input} contains
7901
7902 @verbatim
7903 input:1: Hello,
7904 input:2: World!
7905 @end verbatim
7906
7907 @noindent
7908 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7909
7910 @example
7911 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7912 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7913 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7914 input:1: Hello,
7915 input:2: World!
7916 @end example
7917
7918 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7919 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7920 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7921 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7922 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7923 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7924 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7925 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7926 input buffers.
7927
7928 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7929 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7930 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7931 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7932
7933 @node Strings are Destroyed
7934 @section Strings are Destroyed
7935
7936 @display
7937 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7938 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7939 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7940 @end display
7941
7942 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7943 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7944 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7945
7946 @verbatim
7947 %{
7948 #include <stdio.h>
7949 char *yylval = NULL;
7950 %}
7951 %%
7952 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7953 \n /* IGNORE */
7954 %%
7955 int
7956 main ()
7957 {
7958 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7959 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7960 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7961 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7962 return 0;
7963 }
7964 @end verbatim
7965
7966 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7967
7968 @example
7969 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7970 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7971 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7972 "one
7973 two", "two"
7974 @end example
7975
7976 @noindent
7977 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7978 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7979 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7980 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7981 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7982 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7983
7984 @example
7985 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7986 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7987 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7988 "two", "two"
7989 @end example
7990
7991
7992 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7993 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7994
7995 @display
7996 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7997 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7998 @end display
7999
8000 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
8001 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
8002 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
8003 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
8004 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
8005 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
8006 execute simple instructions one after the others.
8007
8008 @cindex abstract syntax tree
8009 @cindex @acronym{AST}
8010 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
8011 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
8012 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
8013 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
8014 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
8015 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
8016 compiler.
8017
8018 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
8019 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
8020
8021
8022 @node Multiple start-symbols
8023 @section Multiple start-symbols
8024
8025 @display
8026 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
8027 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
8028 multiple entry points.
8029 @end display
8030
8031 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
8032 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
8033 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
8034 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
8035 real start-symbol:
8036
8037 @example
8038 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
8039 %start start;
8040 start: START_FOO foo
8041 | START_BAR bar;
8042 @end example
8043
8044 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
8045 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
8046
8047 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
8048 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
8049 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
8050 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
8051 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
8052 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
8053 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
8054 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
8055
8056 @example
8057 /* @r{Prologue.} */
8058 %%
8059 %@{
8060 if (start_token)
8061 @{
8062 int t = start_token;
8063 start_token = 0;
8064 return t;
8065 @}
8066 %@}
8067 /* @r{The rules.} */
8068 @end example
8069
8070
8071 @node Secure? Conform?
8072 @section Secure? Conform?
8073
8074 @display
8075 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
8076 @end display
8077
8078 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
8079 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
8080 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
8081 please send us a bug report.
8082
8083 @node I can't build Bison
8084 @section I can't build Bison
8085
8086 @display
8087 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
8088 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
8089 What should I do?
8090 @end display
8091
8092 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
8093 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
8094 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
8095 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
8096 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
8097 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
8098 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
8099
8100
8101 @node Where can I find help?
8102 @section Where can I find help?
8103
8104 @display
8105 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8106 @end display
8107
8108 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8109 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8110 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8111 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8112 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8113 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8114 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8115 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8116 hearts.
8117
8118 @node Bug Reports
8119 @section Bug Reports
8120
8121 @display
8122 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8123 @end display
8124
8125 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8126 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8127 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8128 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8129 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8130
8131 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8132 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8133 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8134 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8135 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8136
8137 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8138 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8139 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8140 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8141 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8142 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8143
8144 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8145 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
8146
8147 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
8148
8149 @node Other Languages
8150 @section Other Languages
8151
8152 @display
8153 Will Bison ever have C++ support? How about Java or @var{insert your
8154 favorite language here}?
8155 @end display
8156
8157 C++ support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
8158 languages; contributions are welcome.
8159
8160 @node Beta Testing
8161 @section Beta Testing
8162
8163 @display
8164 What is involved in being a beta tester?
8165 @end display
8166
8167 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
8168 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
8169 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
8170 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
8171 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
8172 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
8173 essentially halted.
8174
8175 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
8176 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
8177 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
8178 systems are especially welcome.
8179
8180 @node Mailing Lists
8181 @section Mailing Lists
8182
8183 @display
8184 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
8185 @end display
8186
8187 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
8188
8189 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
8190
8191 @node Table of Symbols
8192 @appendix Bison Symbols
8193 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
8194 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
8195
8196 @deffn {Variable} @@$
8197 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
8198 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8199 @end deffn
8200
8201 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
8202 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
8203 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8204 @end deffn
8205
8206 @deffn {Variable} $$
8207 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
8208 @xref{Actions}.
8209 @end deffn
8210
8211 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
8212 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
8213 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
8214 @end deffn
8215
8216 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
8217 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
8218 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
8219 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
8220 @end deffn
8221
8222 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
8223 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
8224 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
8225 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
8226 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
8227 Grammar}.
8228 @end deffn
8229
8230 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
8231 Comment delimiters, as in C.
8232 @end deffn
8233
8234 @deffn {Delimiter} :
8235 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
8236 Grammar Rules}.
8237 @end deffn
8238
8239 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
8240 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8241 @end deffn
8242
8243 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8244 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8245 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8246 @end deffn
8247
8248 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8249 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8250 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8251 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8252 @end deffn
8253
8254 @deffn {Directive} %after-header @{@var{code}@}
8255 Specifies code to be inserted into the code file after the contents of the
8256 header file.
8257 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
8258 @end deffn
8259
8260 @deffn {Directive} %before-header @{@var{code}@}
8261 Specifies code to be inserted into the code file before the contents of the
8262 header file.
8263 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
8264 @end deffn
8265
8266 @deffn {Directive} %end-header @{@var{code}@}
8267 Specifies code to be inserted both into the header file (if generated;
8268 @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) and into the code file after any
8269 Bison-generated definitions.
8270 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
8271 @end deffn
8272
8273 @deffn {Directive} %start-header @{@var{code}@}
8274 Specifies code to be inserted both into the header file (if generated;
8275 @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) and into the code file before any
8276 Bison-generated definitions.
8277
8278 @cindex Prologue
8279 @findex %before-header
8280 @findex %union
8281 @findex %end-header
8282 @findex %after-header
8283 For example, the following declaration order in the grammar file reflects the
8284 order in which Bison will output these code blocks. However, you are free to
8285 declare these code blocks in your grammar file in whatever order is most
8286 convenient for you:
8287
8288 @smallexample
8289 %before-header @{
8290 /* Bison treats this block like a pre-prologue block: it inserts it
8291 * into the code file before the contents of the header file. It
8292 * does *not* insert it into the header file. This is a good place
8293 * to put #include's that you want at the top of your code file. A
8294 * common example is `#include "system.h"'. */
8295 @}
8296 %start-header @{
8297 /* Bison inserts this block into both the header file and the code
8298 * file. In both files, the point of insertion is before any
8299 * Bison-generated token, semantic type, location type, and class
8300 * definitions. This is a good place to define %union
8301 * dependencies, for example. */
8302 @}
8303 %union @{
8304 /* Unlike the traditional Yacc prologue blocks, the output order
8305 * for the %*-header blocks is not affected by their declaration
8306 * position relative to any %union in the grammar file. */
8307 @}
8308 %end-header @{
8309 /* Bison inserts this block into both the header file and the code
8310 * file. In both files, the point of insertion is after the
8311 * Bison-generated definitions. This is a good place to declare or
8312 * define public functions or data structures that depend on the
8313 * Bison-generated definitions. */
8314 @}
8315 %after-header @{
8316 /* Bison treats this block like a post-prologue block: it inserts
8317 * it into the code file after the contents of the header file. It
8318 * does *not* insert it into the header file. This is a good place
8319 * to declare or define internal functions or data structures that
8320 * depend on the Bison-generated definitions. */
8321 @}
8322 @end smallexample
8323
8324 If you have multiple occurrences of any one of the above declarations, Bison
8325 will concatenate the contents in declaration order.
8326
8327 @xref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}.
8328 @end deffn
8329
8330 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8331 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8332 @end deffn
8333
8334 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8335 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8336 @end deffn
8337
8338 @ifset defaultprec
8339 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8340 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8341 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8342 Precedence}.
8343 @end deffn
8344 @end ifset
8345
8346 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8347 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8348 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8349 @end deffn
8350
8351 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8352 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8353 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8354 @end deffn
8355
8356 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8357 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8358 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8359 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8360 @end deffn
8361
8362 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8363 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8364 used in the grammar.
8365 @end deffn
8366
8367 @deffn {Symbol} error
8368 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8369 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8370 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8371 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8372 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
8373 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
8374 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8375 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8376 @end deffn
8377
8378 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8379 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8380 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8381 @end deffn
8382
8383 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8384 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8385 Summary}.
8386 @end deffn
8387
8388 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8389 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8390 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8391 @end deffn
8392
8393 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8394 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8395 @end deffn
8396
8397 @deffn {Directive} %left
8398 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8399 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8400 @end deffn
8401
8402 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8403 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8404 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8405 for Pure Parsers}.
8406 @end deffn
8407
8408 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8409 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8410 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8411 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8412 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8413 @end deffn
8414
8415 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8416 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8417 @end deffn
8418
8419 @ifset defaultprec
8420 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8421 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8422 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8423 Precedence}.
8424 @end deffn
8425 @end ifset
8426
8427 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8428 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8429 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8430 @end deffn
8431
8432 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8433 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8434 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8435 @end deffn
8436
8437 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
8438 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8439 Summary}.
8440 @end deffn
8441
8442 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8443 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8444 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8445 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8446 @end deffn
8447
8448 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8449 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8450 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8451 @end deffn
8452
8453 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8454 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8455 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8456 @end deffn
8457
8458 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8459 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8460 Require a Version of Bison}.
8461 @end deffn
8462
8463 @deffn {Directive} %right
8464 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8465 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8466 @end deffn
8467
8468 @deffn {Directive} %start
8469 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8470 Start-Symbol}.
8471 @end deffn
8472
8473 @deffn {Directive} %token
8474 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8475 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8476 @end deffn
8477
8478 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8479 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8480 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8481 @end deffn
8482
8483 @deffn {Directive} %type
8484 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8485 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8486 @end deffn
8487
8488 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8489 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8490 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8491 @code{error}.
8492 @end deffn
8493
8494 @deffn {Directive} %union
8495 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8496 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8497 @end deffn
8498
8499 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8500 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8501 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8502 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8503 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8504 @end deffn
8505
8506 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8507 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8508 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8509 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8510 @end deffn
8511
8512 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8513 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
8514 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8515 @end deffn
8516
8517 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8518 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8519 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8520 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8521 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8522 @end deffn
8523
8524 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8525 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8526 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8527 @end deffn
8528
8529 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8530 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8531 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8532 @end deffn
8533
8534 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8535 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8536 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8537 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8538 @end deffn
8539
8540 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8541 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8542 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8543 @end deffn
8544
8545 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8546 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8547 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8548 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8549 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8550 @end deffn
8551
8552 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8553 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8554 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8555 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8556 @end deffn
8557
8558 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8559 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8560 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8561 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8562 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8563 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8564 @end deffn
8565
8566 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8567 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8568 @xref{Memory Management}.
8569 @end deffn
8570
8571 @deffn {Function} yylex
8572 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8573 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8574 @code{yylex}}.
8575 @end deffn
8576
8577 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8578 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8579 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8580 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8581 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8582 @end deffn
8583
8584 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8585 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8586 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8587 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8588 @code{yylex}.)
8589 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8590 grammar actions.
8591 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8592 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
8593 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8594 @end deffn
8595
8596 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8597 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8598 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8599 @end deffn
8600
8601 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8602 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8603 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8604 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8605 @code{yylex}.)
8606 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8607 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
8608 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8609 @end deffn
8610
8611 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8612 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8613 Management}.
8614 @end deffn
8615
8616 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8617 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8618 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8619 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8620 @end deffn
8621
8622 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8623 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8624 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8625 @end deffn
8626
8627 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8628 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8629 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8630 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8631 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8632 @end deffn
8633
8634 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8635 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
8636 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
8637 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8638 @end deffn
8639
8640 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8641 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8642 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8643 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8644 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8645 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8646 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8647
8648 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8649 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8650 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8651 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8652 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8653 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8654 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8655 @end deffn
8656
8657 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8658 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8659 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8660 @end deffn
8661
8662 @node Glossary
8663 @appendix Glossary
8664 @cindex glossary
8665
8666 @table @asis
8667 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8668 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8669 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8670 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8671 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8672
8673 @item Context-free grammars
8674 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8675 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8676 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8677 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8678 Grammars}.
8679
8680 @item Dynamic allocation
8681 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8682 compile time or on entry to a function.
8683
8684 @item Empty string
8685 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8686 character string of length zero.
8687
8688 @item Finite-state stack machine
8689 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8690 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8691 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8692 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8693 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8694 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8695
8696 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8697 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8698 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8699 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8700 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8701 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8702 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8703 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8704
8705 @item Grouping
8706 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8707 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8708 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8709
8710 @item Infix operator
8711 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8712 performs some operation.
8713
8714 @item Input stream
8715 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8716
8717 @item Language construct
8718 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8719 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8720 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8721
8722 @item Left associativity
8723 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8724 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8725 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8726
8727 @item Left recursion
8728 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8729 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8730 Rules}.
8731
8732 @item Left-to-right parsing
8733 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8734 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8735
8736 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8737 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8738 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8739
8740 @item Lexical tie-in
8741 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8742 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8743
8744 @item Literal string token
8745 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8746
8747 @item Lookahead token
8748 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
8749 Tokens}.
8750
8751 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8752 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8753 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8754 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8755
8756 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8757 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8758 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8759
8760 @item Nonterminal symbol
8761 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8762 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8763 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8764
8765 @item Parser
8766 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8767 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8768 analyzer.
8769
8770 @item Postfix operator
8771 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8772 performs some operation.
8773
8774 @item Reduction
8775 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8776 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8777 Parser Algorithm}.
8778
8779 @item Reentrant
8780 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8781 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8782 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8783
8784 @item Reverse polish notation
8785 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8786
8787 @item Right recursion
8788 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8789 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8790 Rules}.
8791
8792 @item Semantics
8793 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8794 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8795 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8796
8797 @item Shift
8798 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8799 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8800 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8801
8802 @item Single-character literal
8803 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8804 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8805
8806 @item Start symbol
8807 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8808 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8809 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8810 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8811
8812 @item Symbol table
8813 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8814 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8815 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8816
8817 @item Syntax error
8818 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8819 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8820
8821 @item Token
8822 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8823 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8824 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8825 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8826
8827 @item Terminal symbol
8828 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8829 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8830 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8831 @end table
8832
8833 @node Copying This Manual
8834 @appendix Copying This Manual
8835
8836 @menu
8837 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8838 @end menu
8839
8840 @include fdl.texi
8841
8842 @node Index
8843 @unnumbered Index
8844
8845 @printindex cp
8846
8847 @bye
8848
8849 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8850 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8851 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8852 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8853 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8854 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8855 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8856 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8857 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8858 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8859 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8860 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8861 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8862 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8863 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8864 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8865 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8866 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8867 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8868 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8869 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8870 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8871 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8872 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8873 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8874 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8875 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8876 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8877 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex